1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
70 #include "thread-fsm.h"
71 #include "tid-parse.h"
73 /* readline include files */
74 #include "readline/readline.h"
75 #include "readline/history.h"
77 /* readline defines this. */
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "extension.h"
83 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
84 #include "common/array-view.h"
85 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
87 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
88 enum exception_event_kind
95 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
97 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
101 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
103 static void disable_command (char *, int);
105 static void enable_command (char *, int);
107 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
108 void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
112 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
114 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
116 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
119 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
120 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
121 enum bptype type_wanted
);
123 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
124 struct linespec_result
*,
125 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
126 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
128 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
130 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
131 int, int, int, unsigned);
133 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
134 (struct breakpoint
*b
, const struct event_location
*location
,
135 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
137 static void clear_command (char *, int);
139 static void catch_command (char *, int);
141 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
143 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
145 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
147 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
149 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
150 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
151 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
153 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
155 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
156 struct symtab_and_line
,
158 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
160 static struct breakpoint
*
161 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
163 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
166 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
168 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
172 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
173 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
174 struct obj_section
*, int);
176 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
177 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
179 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
180 struct address_space
*aspace
,
183 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
184 struct address_space
*,
187 static void info_breakpoints_command (char *, int);
189 static void info_watchpoints_command (char *, int);
191 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
192 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
194 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
196 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
198 static void commands_command (char *, int);
200 static void condition_command (char *, int);
202 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
203 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
205 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
207 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
209 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
211 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
213 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
215 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
217 int *other_type_used
);
219 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
221 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
223 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
226 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
228 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
230 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
232 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
234 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
235 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
236 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
238 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
240 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
241 insert locations now. */
242 enum ugll_insert_mode
244 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
245 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
246 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
247 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
248 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
249 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
250 returns true on them.
252 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
253 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
254 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
255 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
256 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
257 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
261 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
262 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
265 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
266 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
267 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
268 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
269 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
270 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
271 as no thread is running yet. */
275 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
277 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
279 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
281 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
283 static void info_tracepoints_command (char *, int);
285 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
287 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
289 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
291 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
293 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
295 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
297 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
299 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
302 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
304 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
305 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
306 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
309 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
312 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
317 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
319 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
320 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
322 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
323 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
325 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
326 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
327 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
328 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
329 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
330 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
332 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
333 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
334 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
335 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
341 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
343 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
344 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
345 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
346 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
348 static char *dprintf_function
;
350 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
351 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
352 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
353 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
354 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
355 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
356 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
358 static char *dprintf_channel
;
360 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
362 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
364 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
365 breakpoints share a single command list. */
366 struct counted_command_line
368 /* The reference count. */
371 /* The command list. */
372 struct command_line
*commands
;
375 struct command_line
*
376 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
378 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
381 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
382 current breakpoint. */
384 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
387 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
389 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
390 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
392 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
394 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
397 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
398 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
399 if such is available. */
400 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
403 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
404 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
407 fprintf_filtered (file
,
408 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
409 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
413 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
414 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
415 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
416 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
417 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
419 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
420 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
423 fprintf_filtered (file
,
424 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
425 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
430 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
431 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
432 use hardware breakpoints. */
433 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
435 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
436 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
439 fprintf_filtered (file
,
440 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
444 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
445 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
446 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
447 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
448 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
449 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
450 processing user input. */
451 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
454 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
455 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
457 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
461 /* See breakpoint.h. */
464 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
466 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
468 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
469 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
470 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
473 else if (target_has_execution
)
475 struct thread_info
*tp
;
477 if (always_inserted_mode
)
479 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
484 if (threads_are_executing ())
487 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
488 stopped, we still have events to process. */
489 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
491 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
497 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
499 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
500 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
501 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
502 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
503 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
504 condition_evaluation_auto
,
505 condition_evaluation_host
,
506 condition_evaluation_target
,
510 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
511 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
513 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
514 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
515 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
517 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
518 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
519 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
523 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
525 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
527 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
528 return condition_evaluation_target
;
530 return condition_evaluation_host
;
536 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
539 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
541 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
544 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
548 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
550 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
552 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
555 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
556 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
558 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
559 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
561 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
562 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
564 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
565 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
566 current breakpoint. */
568 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
570 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
571 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
572 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
575 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
576 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
577 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
579 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
580 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
581 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
584 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
585 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
586 to where the loop should start from.
587 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
588 appropriate location to start with. */
590 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
591 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
592 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
594 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
595 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
598 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
600 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
601 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
602 if (is_tracepoint (B))
604 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
606 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
608 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
610 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
612 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
614 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
616 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
617 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
618 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
619 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
620 an address you need to read. */
622 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
624 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
625 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
626 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
627 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
628 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
630 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
632 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
633 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
634 reported by a target. */
635 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
637 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
639 static int breakpoint_count
;
641 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
642 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
643 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
644 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
645 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
647 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
649 static int tracepoint_count
;
651 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
652 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
653 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
655 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
658 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
661 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
665 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
672 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
674 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
676 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
679 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
682 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
684 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
685 breakpoint_count
= num
;
686 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
689 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
690 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
691 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
693 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
697 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
699 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
702 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
706 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
708 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
711 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
714 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
716 struct breakpoint
*b
;
722 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
723 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
725 static struct counted_command_line
*
726 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
728 struct counted_command_line
*result
= XNEW (struct counted_command_line
);
731 result
->commands
= commands
;
736 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
739 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
745 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
746 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
747 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
750 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
754 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
756 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
763 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
766 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
768 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line
**) arg
);
771 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
774 static struct cleanup
*
775 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
777 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
781 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
782 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
785 get_breakpoint (int num
)
787 struct breakpoint
*b
;
790 if (b
->number
== num
)
798 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
799 evaluating conditions on its side. */
802 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
804 struct bp_location
*loc
;
806 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
807 evaluating conditions and if the user has
808 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
810 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
811 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
814 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
817 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
818 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
821 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
822 evaluating conditions on its side. */
825 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
827 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
828 evaluating conditions and if the user has
829 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
831 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
832 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
836 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
839 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
842 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
843 condition_evaluation_mode. */
846 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
847 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
849 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
851 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
852 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
854 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
855 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
856 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
860 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
861 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
863 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
864 settings was "auto". */
865 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
867 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
868 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
870 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
871 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
872 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
874 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
875 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
878 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
880 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
882 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
883 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
887 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
888 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
889 target knows about. */
890 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
891 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
892 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
896 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
902 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
903 what "auto" is translating to. */
906 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
907 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
909 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
910 fprintf_filtered (file
,
911 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
912 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
914 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
916 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
920 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
921 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
922 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
925 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
927 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
928 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
930 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
933 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
936 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
937 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
938 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
941 static struct bp_location
**
942 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
944 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
945 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
946 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
948 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
949 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
951 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
952 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
953 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
954 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
955 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
957 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
958 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
961 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
962 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
963 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
964 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
971 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
974 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
975 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
977 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
979 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
981 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
985 struct bp_location
*loc
;
987 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
991 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
992 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
993 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1000 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1004 const char *arg
= exp
;
1006 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1007 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1008 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1009 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1011 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1013 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1015 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1017 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1019 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1020 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1024 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1026 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1030 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1031 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1033 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1037 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1039 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1042 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1045 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1046 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
1047 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1051 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
1052 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1056 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1057 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1061 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1062 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
1063 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
1067 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1068 len
= strlen (text
);
1074 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1076 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1078 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> copy (xstrdup (number
));
1079 tracker
.add_completion (std::move (copy
));
1086 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1087 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
1088 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
1091 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1094 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1096 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1101 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1104 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1106 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1109 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1111 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1112 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1113 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1114 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1115 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1117 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1119 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1120 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1121 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1123 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1125 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1126 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1131 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1134 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1135 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1136 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1139 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1141 struct command_line
*c
;
1143 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1147 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1148 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1149 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1151 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1152 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1154 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1155 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1156 command directly. */
1157 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1158 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1160 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1161 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1165 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1167 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1170 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1173 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1175 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1176 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1177 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1181 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1183 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1187 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1189 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1192 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1195 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1196 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1200 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1201 b
= new tracepoint ();
1202 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1203 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1205 b
= new breakpoint ();
1207 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1210 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1211 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1215 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1216 struct command_line
*commands
)
1218 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1220 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1221 struct command_line
*c
;
1222 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1224 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1225 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1229 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1230 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1231 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1232 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1233 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1234 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1235 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1236 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1237 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1238 tracepoint's context. */
1239 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1241 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1243 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1244 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1245 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1246 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1247 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1248 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1251 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1252 "can be used only once"));
1257 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1261 struct command_line
*c2
;
1263 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1264 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1265 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1267 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1268 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1274 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1278 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1279 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1282 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1284 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1285 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1286 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1289 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1291 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1292 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1293 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1299 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1300 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1303 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1304 command_line_up
&&commands
)
1306 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1308 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1309 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
.release ());
1310 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1313 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1314 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1318 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1320 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1323 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1324 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1327 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1328 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1331 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1333 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1336 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1337 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1340 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1341 breakpoint work for any task. */
1344 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1346 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1349 if (old_task
!= task
)
1350 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1354 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1356 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1358 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1361 /* A structure used to pass information through
1362 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1364 struct commands_info
1366 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1369 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1372 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1373 already-parsed command. */
1374 struct command_line
*control
;
1376 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1378 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1381 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1382 commands_command. */
1385 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1387 struct commands_info
*info
= (struct commands_info
*) data
;
1389 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1393 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1394 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1397 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1400 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1401 "%s, one per line."),
1404 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1406 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1409 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1412 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1415 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
.release ());
1418 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1420 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1422 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1423 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1424 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1425 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1426 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1431 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1432 struct command_line
*control
)
1434 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1435 struct commands_info info
;
1437 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1438 info
.control
= control
;
1440 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1441 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1442 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1444 std::string new_arg
;
1446 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1448 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1449 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1451 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1452 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1457 info
.arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1459 map_breakpoint_numbers (info
.arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1461 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1462 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1464 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1468 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1470 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1473 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1474 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1476 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1477 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1478 enum command_control_type
1479 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1481 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1482 return simple_control
;
1485 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1488 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1490 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1494 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1495 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1500 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1501 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1504 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1505 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1506 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1509 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1510 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1511 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1512 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1513 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1515 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1516 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1520 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1521 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1523 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1527 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1529 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1530 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1532 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1534 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1539 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1541 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1546 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1547 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1549 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1550 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1551 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1555 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1557 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1558 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1561 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1563 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1564 shadow_contents buffer. */
1565 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1566 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1567 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1569 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1571 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1572 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1576 const unsigned char *bp
;
1577 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1580 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1581 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1582 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1584 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1586 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1588 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1589 breakpoint's INSN. */
1590 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1594 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1595 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1597 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1598 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1599 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1601 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1602 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1603 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1604 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1605 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1606 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1607 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1608 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1610 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1613 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1614 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1615 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1617 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1619 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1621 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1622 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1623 report higher one. */
1626 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1627 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1629 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1631 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1632 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1634 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1635 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1636 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1637 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1639 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1640 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1641 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1643 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1645 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1652 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1653 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1654 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1655 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1656 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1659 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1661 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1662 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1663 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1666 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1669 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1671 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1673 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1675 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1676 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1677 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1680 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1683 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1684 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1685 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1688 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1691 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1692 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1698 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1702 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1704 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1705 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1706 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1709 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1712 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1714 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1715 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1716 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1719 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1723 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1725 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1726 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1729 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1730 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1731 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1732 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1733 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1734 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1735 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1736 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1739 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1741 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1742 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1743 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1744 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1747 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1748 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1751 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1753 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1755 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1756 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1757 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1758 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1759 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1761 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1764 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1767 static struct value
*
1768 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1770 struct value
*bit_val
;
1775 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1777 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1780 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1787 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1788 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1789 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1790 to be able to report stops. */
1793 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1794 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1796 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1798 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1799 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1800 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1801 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1804 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1805 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1808 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1810 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1812 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1813 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1814 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1817 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1818 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1819 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1820 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1822 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1824 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1825 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1828 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1829 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1830 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1831 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1832 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1833 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1834 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1835 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1837 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1838 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1839 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1840 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1841 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1842 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1843 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1844 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1847 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1848 hardware watchpoints:
1850 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1851 called several times when GDB stops.
1854 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1855 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1856 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1857 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1858 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1859 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1860 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1861 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1862 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1863 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1864 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1866 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1867 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1870 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1872 int within_current_scope
;
1873 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1876 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1877 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1878 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1879 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1882 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1887 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1888 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1889 within_current_scope
= 1;
1892 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1893 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1894 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1896 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1897 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1898 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1899 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1900 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1903 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1904 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1905 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1906 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1909 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1911 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1912 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1913 if (within_current_scope
)
1917 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1918 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1919 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1922 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1927 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1928 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1929 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1930 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1931 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1932 be completely different objects. */
1933 value_free (b
->val
);
1937 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1938 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1939 locations (re)created below. */
1940 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1942 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1945 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1949 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1950 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1951 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1952 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1953 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1954 if (!target_has_execution
)
1956 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1957 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1958 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1959 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1961 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1962 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1964 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1965 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1968 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1971 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1972 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1974 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1976 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1977 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1978 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1979 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1980 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1982 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1984 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1986 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1994 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1996 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1997 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1999 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
2000 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
2001 must watch it. If the first value returned is
2002 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
2003 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
2004 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
2005 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
2007 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
2009 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
2010 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
2011 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
2013 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2014 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
2017 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
2018 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
2019 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
2021 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
2023 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
2025 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
2026 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
2028 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2030 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2031 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2032 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2033 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2034 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2037 addr
= value_address (v
);
2040 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2045 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2047 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2050 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
2051 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2054 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2056 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2057 loc
->address
= addr
;
2061 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2062 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2065 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2067 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2072 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2073 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2074 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2079 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2080 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2082 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2086 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2089 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2090 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2091 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2093 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2094 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2095 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2096 this watchpoint in as well. */
2098 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2099 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2100 hardware watchpoint type. */
2102 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2103 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2105 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2106 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2107 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2108 through watch_command), so always account for it
2111 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2112 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2114 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2115 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
2118 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2119 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2121 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
2123 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2124 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2125 "hardware watchpoint."));
2126 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2127 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2128 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2130 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2131 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2135 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2136 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2137 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2142 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
2144 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2145 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2146 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2148 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2149 "read/access watchpoint."));
2152 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2154 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2155 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2156 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2157 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2160 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2162 next
= value_next (v
);
2167 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2168 above left it without any location set up. But,
2169 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2170 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2171 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
2172 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
2174 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2176 printf_filtered (_("\
2177 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2178 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2180 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2183 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2185 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2189 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2190 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2191 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2192 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2193 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2195 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2197 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2200 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2203 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2206 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2209 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2210 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2211 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2212 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2213 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2214 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2215 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2216 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2217 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2220 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2221 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2222 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2224 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2225 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2226 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2228 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2229 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2230 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2231 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2232 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2233 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2234 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2235 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2236 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2240 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2241 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2242 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2243 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2248 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2249 instruction that triggered one. */
2250 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2251 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2255 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2256 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2257 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2258 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2267 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2268 that the location is not duplicated. */
2271 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2274 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2277 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2278 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2282 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2283 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2284 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2285 any error during parsing. */
2287 static agent_expr_up
2288 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2293 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2295 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2296 that may show up. */
2299 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2302 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2304 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2305 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2306 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2310 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2314 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2315 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2316 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2317 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2318 one of them is true. */
2321 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2323 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2324 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2325 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2326 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2328 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2329 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2331 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2332 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2333 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2335 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2336 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2339 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2340 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2341 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2342 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2343 response back to GDB. */
2344 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2347 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2351 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2352 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2353 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2354 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2355 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2359 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2360 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2361 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2363 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2369 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2370 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2371 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2373 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2374 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2375 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2377 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2380 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2382 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2384 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2387 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2392 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2393 for this location's address. */
2394 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2398 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2399 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2400 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2403 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2404 to send the conditions to the target. */
2405 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2412 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2413 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2414 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2416 static agent_expr_up
2417 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2419 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2420 struct expression
**argvec
;
2421 const char *cmdrest
;
2422 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2423 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2425 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2432 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2434 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2436 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2437 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2439 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2441 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2443 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2445 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2447 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2448 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2450 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2452 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2453 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2455 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2457 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2459 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2461 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2462 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2465 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2470 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2471 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
.release ();
2473 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2477 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2479 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2480 that may show up. */
2483 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2484 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2485 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2487 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2489 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2490 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2491 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2495 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2497 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2501 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2502 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2503 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2506 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2508 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2509 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2510 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2511 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2513 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2514 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2516 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2519 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2520 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2523 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2524 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2525 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2527 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2530 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2531 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2532 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2536 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2537 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2538 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2539 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2540 response back to GDB. */
2541 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2544 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2548 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2549 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2550 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2551 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2553 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2554 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2557 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2558 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2559 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2561 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2567 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2569 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2571 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2574 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2575 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2577 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2579 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2582 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2587 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2588 for this location's address. */
2589 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2592 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2593 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2594 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2595 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2598 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2599 to send the commands to the target. */
2600 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2604 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2605 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2606 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2607 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2610 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2611 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2612 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2616 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2618 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2620 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2621 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2623 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
->ptid
);
2625 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2629 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2632 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2633 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2634 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2635 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2638 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2639 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2641 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2642 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2643 int *disabled_breaks
,
2644 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2645 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2647 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2648 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2650 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2653 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2654 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2655 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2656 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2657 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2658 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2659 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2660 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2661 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2662 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2663 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2664 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2666 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2667 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2668 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2669 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2671 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2673 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2674 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2675 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2676 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2679 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2680 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2682 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2684 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2685 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2686 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2688 Two important cases are:
2689 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2690 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2691 hardware breakpoint.
2692 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2693 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2694 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2697 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2698 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2699 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2700 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2702 struct mem_region
*mr
2703 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2707 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2709 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2711 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2712 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2714 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2716 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2718 static int said
= 0;
2720 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2723 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2724 _("Note: automatically using "
2725 "hardware breakpoints for "
2726 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2731 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2732 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2734 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2735 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2736 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2737 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2739 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2745 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2746 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2747 || bl
->section
== NULL
2748 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2750 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2755 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2757 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2759 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2762 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2768 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2769 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2770 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2772 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2773 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2774 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2775 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2776 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2780 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2782 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2783 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2784 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2786 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2791 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2792 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2793 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2794 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2795 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2797 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2799 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2802 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2806 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2807 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2808 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2809 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2813 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2814 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2816 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2821 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2823 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2825 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2828 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2834 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2835 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2840 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2842 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2844 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2845 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2846 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2847 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2848 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2849 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2850 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2851 errors as memory errors. */
2852 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2853 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2854 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2855 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2858 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2859 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2860 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2861 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2863 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2864 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2866 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2867 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2868 "library breakpoints:\n");
2870 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2871 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2872 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2877 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2879 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2880 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2881 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2882 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2883 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2884 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2885 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2889 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2892 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2893 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2895 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2896 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2898 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2902 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2903 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2918 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2919 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2920 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2921 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2925 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2926 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2928 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2930 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2931 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2932 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2934 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2936 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2937 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2939 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2941 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2942 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2946 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2947 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2954 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2955 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2958 /* Back to the original value. */
2959 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2963 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2966 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2970 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2971 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2973 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2976 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2980 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2981 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2983 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2986 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2988 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2989 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2990 so just return success. */
2997 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2998 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
3002 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
3004 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
3005 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
3007 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
3008 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
3010 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
3011 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3014 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
3015 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
3016 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
3018 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
3020 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
3022 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3023 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
3024 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
3026 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
3027 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3029 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3035 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3036 removed locations above. */
3037 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3040 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3041 Throws exception on any error.
3042 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3043 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3045 insert_breakpoints (void)
3047 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3049 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3050 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3052 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3054 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3057 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3058 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3059 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3060 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3063 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3066 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3068 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3070 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3072 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3076 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3077 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3078 always-inserted mode. */
3081 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3083 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3086 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3087 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3088 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3090 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3092 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3093 there was an error. */
3094 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3096 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3098 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3100 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3102 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3105 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3106 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3107 deletion of breakpoints. */
3108 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3111 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3113 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3114 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3115 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3116 insert breakpoints. */
3117 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3118 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3121 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3122 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3129 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3130 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3134 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3137 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3139 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3140 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3143 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3144 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3145 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3147 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3149 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3150 there was an error. */
3151 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3153 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3155 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3157 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3160 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3161 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3162 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3163 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3164 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3167 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3169 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3170 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3171 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3172 insert breakpoints. */
3173 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3174 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3177 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3178 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3183 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3184 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3185 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3187 int some_failed
= 0;
3188 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3190 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3193 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3196 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3199 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3200 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3207 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3209 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3211 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3212 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3213 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3221 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3222 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3223 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3225 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3226 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3228 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3229 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3233 /* Used when the program stops.
3234 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3235 removing a breakpoint location. */
3238 remove_breakpoints (void)
3240 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3243 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3245 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3246 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3251 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3255 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3257 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3259 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3261 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3263 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3265 printf_filtered (_("\
3266 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3267 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3269 /* Hide it from the user. */
3275 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3278 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3280 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3282 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3284 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3286 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3289 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3291 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3300 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3302 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3304 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3305 struct inferior
*inf
;
3306 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3308 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3312 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3314 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3315 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3317 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3319 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3321 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3327 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3335 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3337 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3338 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3339 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3340 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3341 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3342 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3344 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3347 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3350 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3351 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3355 static struct breakpoint
*
3356 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3357 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3358 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3360 symtab_and_line sal
;
3362 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3363 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3365 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3366 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3367 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3372 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3374 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3376 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3378 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3379 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3381 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3382 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3384 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3385 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3387 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3388 int longjmp_searched
;
3390 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3391 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3393 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3394 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3396 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3397 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3399 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3400 int exception_searched
;
3402 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3403 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3406 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3408 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3409 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3411 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3414 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3416 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3419 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3420 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3422 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3423 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3425 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3427 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3428 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3429 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3432 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3434 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3435 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3437 return bp_objfile_data
;
3441 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3443 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3444 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3446 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3447 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3451 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3453 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3454 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3456 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3458 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3459 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3461 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3463 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3465 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3468 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3470 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3472 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3473 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3475 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3476 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3479 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3482 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3483 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3485 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3486 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3487 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3488 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3490 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3492 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3493 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3497 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3498 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3504 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3506 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3508 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3510 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3512 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3514 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3516 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3519 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3520 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3522 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3524 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3526 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3530 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3533 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3534 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3536 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3538 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3539 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3540 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3544 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3545 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3548 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3551 struct probe
*probe
;
3552 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3555 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3556 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3560 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3562 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3563 get_probe_address (probe
,
3566 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3567 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3568 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3574 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3577 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3579 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3580 const char *func_name
;
3582 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3584 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3587 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3588 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3590 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3592 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3593 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3595 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3596 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3599 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3602 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3603 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3604 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3605 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3606 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3607 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3608 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3614 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3616 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3618 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3619 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3621 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3623 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3625 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3628 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3630 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3632 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3633 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3634 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3636 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3638 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3641 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3643 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3645 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3646 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3647 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3649 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3650 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3653 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3656 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3657 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3658 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3659 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3660 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3661 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3662 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3663 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3668 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3671 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3673 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3674 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3676 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3678 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3679 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3680 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3682 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3684 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3686 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3687 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3691 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3695 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3696 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3698 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3700 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3701 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3702 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3706 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3707 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3710 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3712 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3714 struct probe
*probe
;
3717 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3718 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3722 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3724 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3725 get_probe_address (probe
,
3727 bp_exception_master
,
3728 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3729 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3730 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3736 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3738 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3741 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3743 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3745 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3747 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3748 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3750 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3754 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3757 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3758 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3760 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3761 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3762 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3763 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3764 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3765 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3769 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3772 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3774 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3778 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3780 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3781 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3783 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3784 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3785 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3786 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3787 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3788 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3789 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3790 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3791 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3792 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3793 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3795 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3797 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3800 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3801 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3803 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3807 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3808 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3810 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3814 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3815 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3816 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3817 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3818 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3820 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3824 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3825 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3827 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3831 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3832 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3834 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3838 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3840 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3841 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3842 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3844 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3848 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3850 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3851 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3852 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3853 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3857 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3858 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3859 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3860 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3861 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3862 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3864 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3865 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3866 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3867 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3868 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3869 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3870 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3872 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3873 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3874 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3875 let finish_command delete it.
3877 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3878 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3879 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3880 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3881 solib breakpoints.) */
3883 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3888 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3889 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3891 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3893 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3900 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3902 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3904 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3905 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3907 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3908 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3910 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3911 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3912 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3914 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3917 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3918 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3919 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3920 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3921 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3922 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3923 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3927 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3933 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3934 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3935 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3936 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3937 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3940 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3944 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3945 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3947 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3948 This should not ever happen. */
3949 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3951 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3952 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3954 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3955 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3956 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3958 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3959 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3960 || bl
->section
== NULL
3961 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3963 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3965 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3966 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3967 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3968 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3969 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3970 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3971 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3972 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3973 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3974 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3975 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3976 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3977 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3978 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3979 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3980 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3981 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3982 they should always be removed. */
3983 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3984 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3985 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3988 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3992 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3993 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3994 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3996 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3997 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3999 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
4000 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
4001 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4002 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4003 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
4005 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4006 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
4009 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4010 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4013 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4014 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4015 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4016 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4018 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4019 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4020 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4021 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4022 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4023 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4029 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4034 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4035 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4036 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4037 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4038 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4039 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4040 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4041 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4042 always-inserted mode. */
4044 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4045 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4046 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4047 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4053 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4055 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4057 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4058 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4060 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4061 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4063 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4064 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
4065 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4068 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4069 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4072 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4073 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4075 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4079 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4086 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
4088 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4089 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4091 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4092 This should not ever happen. */
4093 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4095 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
4097 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4099 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
4102 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4105 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4107 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4110 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4114 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4115 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4117 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4120 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4121 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4122 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4127 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4129 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4130 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4132 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4134 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4136 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4139 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4141 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4143 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4149 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4151 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4152 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4155 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4157 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4159 case bp_shlib_event
:
4161 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4162 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4163 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4164 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4165 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4167 (gdb) file prog-linux
4168 (gdb) run # native linux target
4171 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4172 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4175 case bp_step_resume
:
4177 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4179 case bp_single_step
:
4181 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4183 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4187 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4188 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4189 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4191 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4193 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4194 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4195 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4198 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4199 valid. New ones will be created in
4200 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4201 The next update_global_location_list call will
4202 garbage collect them. */
4205 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4207 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4208 insert_breakpoints. */
4210 value_free (w
->val
);
4222 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4223 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4224 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4225 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4228 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4229 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4230 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4231 match, not program space. */
4233 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4234 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4235 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4236 permanent breakpoint.
4237 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4238 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4239 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4240 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4241 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4243 enum breakpoint_here
4244 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4246 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4247 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4249 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4251 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4252 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4255 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4256 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4258 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4260 if (overlay_debugging
4261 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4262 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4263 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4264 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4265 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4267 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4271 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4274 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4277 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4278 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4280 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4282 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4284 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4285 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4288 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4290 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4293 if (overlay_debugging
4294 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4295 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4297 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4308 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4311 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4313 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4316 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4317 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4323 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4327 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4328 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4331 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4334 if (overlay_debugging
4335 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4336 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4337 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4344 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4347 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4349 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4351 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4353 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4355 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4356 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4359 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4365 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4369 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4372 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4374 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4376 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4378 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4381 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4388 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4391 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4394 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4396 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4398 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4400 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4403 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4411 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4412 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4414 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4416 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4418 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4420 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4421 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4424 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4427 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4428 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4432 /* Check for intersection. */
4433 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4434 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4443 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4447 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4449 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4452 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4456 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4458 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4459 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4460 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4461 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4465 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4466 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4469 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4486 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4487 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4490 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4494 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4499 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4501 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4502 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4503 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4504 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4505 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4507 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4508 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4512 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4522 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4525 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4530 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4532 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4538 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4541 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4543 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4545 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4547 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4549 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4554 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4563 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4564 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4565 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4566 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4568 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4569 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4571 Return 1 otherwise. */
4574 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4576 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4579 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4581 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4582 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4583 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4584 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4585 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4587 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4589 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4593 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4596 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4598 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4601 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4604 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4608 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4610 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4612 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4614 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4620 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4623 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4625 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4627 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4629 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4630 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4631 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4632 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4633 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4637 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4640 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4643 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4645 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4648 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4649 or its equivalent. */
4652 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4654 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4657 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4658 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4659 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4660 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4662 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4663 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4664 bpstat of the current thread. */
4667 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4670 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4673 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4675 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4678 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4679 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4681 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4683 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4686 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4687 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4689 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4690 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4691 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4693 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4695 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4696 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4697 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4698 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4699 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4700 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4701 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4702 the tree when we're done. */
4703 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4704 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4705 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4706 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4707 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4709 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4715 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4717 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4723 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4724 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4726 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4728 if (current_ui
->async
)
4729 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4730 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4731 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4734 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4735 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4736 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4737 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4738 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4739 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4740 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4741 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4742 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4743 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4744 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4745 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4746 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4751 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4756 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4758 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4760 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4761 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4762 && target_has_execution
4763 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4764 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4765 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4766 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4767 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4768 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4769 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4772 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4775 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4778 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4781 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4784 struct value_print_options opts
;
4785 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4786 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4790 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4791 debugging multiple threads. */
4794 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4796 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4801 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4804 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4806 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4807 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4809 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4812 uiout
->text (" \"");
4813 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4817 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4821 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4822 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4823 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4824 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4827 static enum print_stop_action
4828 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4830 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4833 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4834 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4838 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4839 relevant messages. */
4840 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4843 case print_it_normal
:
4845 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4847 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4848 which has since been deleted. */
4850 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4852 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4853 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4858 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4859 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4864 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4867 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4870 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4872 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4876 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4877 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4879 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4880 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4883 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4884 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4885 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4892 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4893 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4895 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4900 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4901 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4902 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4908 struct so_list
*iter
;
4911 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4912 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4914 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4919 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4920 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4921 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4926 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4927 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4928 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4929 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4930 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4931 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4932 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4935 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4936 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4937 code to print the location. An example is
4938 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4940 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4941 to also print the location part of the message.
4942 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4943 don't require a location appended to the end.
4944 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4945 further info to be printed. */
4947 enum print_stop_action
4948 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4950 enum print_stop_action val
;
4952 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4953 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4954 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4955 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4956 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4958 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4959 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4960 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4961 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4965 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4966 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4967 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4968 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4970 print_solib_event (0);
4971 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4974 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4975 with and nothing was printed. */
4976 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4979 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4980 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4981 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4982 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4983 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4984 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4987 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4989 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4990 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4992 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4996 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4999 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
5003 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
5005 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
5006 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
5007 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
5008 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
5009 incref_bp_location (bl
);
5010 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
5011 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
5013 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
5017 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5018 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5021 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5023 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5025 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5027 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
5029 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5030 as not triggered. */
5032 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5034 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5036 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5042 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5044 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5045 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5047 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5049 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5051 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5057 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5058 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5062 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5064 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5065 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5067 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5068 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5070 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5072 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5073 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5075 if (newaddr
== start
)
5077 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5081 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5082 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5086 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5095 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5096 because of check_errors). */
5097 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5098 #define WP_DELETED 1
5099 /* The value has changed. */
5100 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5101 /* The value has not changed. */
5102 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5103 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5106 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5107 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5109 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5112 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5113 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5116 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5118 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5119 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5120 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5121 int within_current_scope
;
5123 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5124 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5125 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5127 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5128 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5129 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5130 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5133 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5134 within_current_scope
= 1;
5137 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5138 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5139 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5141 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5142 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5143 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5144 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5145 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5146 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5147 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5148 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5149 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5150 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5153 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5154 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5156 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5157 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5158 if (within_current_scope
)
5160 struct symbol
*function
;
5162 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5163 if (function
== NULL
5164 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5165 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5166 within_current_scope
= 0;
5169 if (within_current_scope
)
5170 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5171 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5176 if (within_current_scope
)
5178 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5179 time before we return to the command level and call
5180 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5181 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5185 struct value
*new_val
;
5187 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5188 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5189 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5190 a mask watchpoint. */
5191 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5193 mark
= value_mark ();
5194 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5196 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5197 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5199 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5200 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5201 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5202 not what we want. */
5203 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5204 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5206 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5208 release_value (new_val
);
5209 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5211 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5214 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5218 /* Nothing changed. */
5219 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5220 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5225 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5226 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5227 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5228 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5229 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5230 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5231 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5232 the first value assigned). */
5233 /* We print all the stop information in
5234 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5235 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5236 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5239 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5241 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5243 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5245 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5246 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
5247 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->number
);
5248 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
5249 "which its expression is valid.\n");
5252 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5253 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
5254 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5260 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5261 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5262 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5265 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5266 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5267 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5269 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5271 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5272 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5274 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5277 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5278 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5281 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5283 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5284 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5286 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5287 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5288 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5289 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5290 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5293 int must_check_value
= 0;
5295 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5296 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5298 must_check_value
= 1;
5299 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5300 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5301 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5303 must_check_value
= 1;
5304 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5305 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5306 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5307 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5308 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5309 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5310 must_check_value
= 1;
5312 if (must_check_value
)
5315 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5317 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5318 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5320 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5324 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5325 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5329 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5332 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5333 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5335 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5337 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5338 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5339 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5340 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5341 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5342 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5343 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5346 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5347 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5350 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5351 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5352 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5353 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5355 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5356 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5357 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5360 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5361 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5362 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5363 changes. This still gives false positives when
5364 the program writes the same value to memory as
5365 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5366 it for a read), but it's much better than
5369 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5371 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5373 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5375 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5376 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5377 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5379 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5380 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5382 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5383 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5385 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5391 if (other_write_watchpoint
5392 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5394 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5395 and the value changed since the last time we
5396 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5398 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5403 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5404 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5405 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5407 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5408 the value hasn't changed. */
5409 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5417 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5419 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5421 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5424 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5425 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5426 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5431 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5433 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5434 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5435 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5436 anything for this watchpoint. */
5437 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5443 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5444 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5445 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5446 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5449 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5451 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5452 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5453 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5454 struct expression
*cond
;
5456 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5458 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5459 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5460 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5461 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5462 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5464 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5465 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5466 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5468 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5469 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5475 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5476 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5478 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5479 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5486 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5488 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5490 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5492 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5494 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5497 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5499 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5501 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5502 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5504 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5505 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5506 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5507 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5509 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5511 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5512 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5516 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5517 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5518 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5519 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5520 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5522 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5523 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5526 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5528 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5529 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5530 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5531 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5532 really matter which instantiation of the function
5533 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5534 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5535 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5536 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5537 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5538 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5539 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5540 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5542 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5544 select_frame (frame
);
5546 within_current_scope
= 0;
5548 if (within_current_scope
)
5550 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5551 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5555 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5556 "in the current scope"));
5557 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5558 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5561 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5562 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5565 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5569 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5573 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5575 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5579 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5580 on the current target. */
5583 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5585 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5586 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5587 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5588 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5592 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5593 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5595 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5596 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5599 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5601 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5603 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5604 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5605 several reasons concurrently.)
5607 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5608 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5611 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5612 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5613 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5615 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5616 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5617 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5618 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5619 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5620 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5623 int need_remove_insert
;
5626 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5627 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5628 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5629 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5630 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5631 inferior function calls. */
5635 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5638 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5640 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5641 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5642 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5643 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5644 checked all locations already. */
5645 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5648 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5651 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5654 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5657 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5660 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5661 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5662 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5666 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5667 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5668 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5670 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5672 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5674 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5679 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5680 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5681 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5683 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5685 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5686 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5688 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5689 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5692 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5697 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5698 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5699 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5701 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5703 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5705 handle_solib_event ();
5710 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5711 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5712 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5716 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5721 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5722 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5725 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5730 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5732 /* We will stop here. */
5733 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5735 --(b
->enable_count
);
5736 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5737 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5742 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5743 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5744 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5745 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5748 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5753 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5755 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5756 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5759 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5760 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5761 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5763 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5764 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5765 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5767 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5768 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5770 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5772 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5773 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5776 if (need_remove_insert
)
5777 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5778 else if (removed_any
)
5779 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5785 handle_jit_event (void)
5787 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5788 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5791 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5793 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5794 breakpoint_re_set. */
5795 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5797 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5798 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5800 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5802 target_terminal_inferior ();
5805 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5807 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5810 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5812 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5815 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5816 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5817 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5819 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5821 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5822 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5823 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5826 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5828 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5829 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5833 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5840 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5841 case bp_single_step
:
5844 case bp_shlib_event
:
5848 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5850 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5853 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5856 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5857 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5858 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5862 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5864 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5868 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5869 This requires no further action. */
5873 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5877 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5878 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5881 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5883 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5884 case bp_exception_resume
:
5887 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5888 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5891 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5893 case bp_step_resume
:
5895 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5898 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5899 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5902 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5904 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5907 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5908 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5911 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5912 case bp_thread_event
:
5913 case bp_overlay_event
:
5914 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5915 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5916 case bp_exception_master
:
5917 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5923 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5925 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5929 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5930 This requires no further action. */
5934 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5937 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5938 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5939 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5940 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5942 case bp_std_terminate
:
5943 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5944 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5945 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5946 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5949 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5950 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5951 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5952 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5954 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5955 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5957 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5958 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5959 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5961 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5962 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5963 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5964 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5969 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5971 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5975 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5976 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5979 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5986 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5990 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5992 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5999 handle_jit_event ();
6001 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6002 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
6004 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6005 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
6011 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
6012 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
6013 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
6016 bpstat_should_step (void)
6018 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6021 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
6027 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
6029 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6038 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6039 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6040 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6043 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
6045 static char wrap_indent
[80];
6046 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6050 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6052 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6054 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
6055 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
6056 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
6061 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6067 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6068 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6070 "host": Host evals condition.
6071 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6072 "target": Target evals condition.
6076 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6078 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6079 char host_evals
= 0;
6080 char target_evals
= 0;
6085 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6088 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6089 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6090 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6092 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6094 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6100 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6101 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6102 else if (target_evals
)
6103 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6105 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6108 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6109 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6112 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6114 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6117 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6118 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6119 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6121 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6122 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6124 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6127 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6130 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6131 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6133 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6135 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
6137 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6141 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6143 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6144 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6145 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6148 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6151 uiout
->text ("in ");
6152 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6154 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6155 uiout
->text ("at ");
6157 uiout
->field_string ("file",
6158 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6161 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6162 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6164 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
6170 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
6172 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
6176 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
6177 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6178 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6179 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6180 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6181 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6183 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6187 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
6191 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6192 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6193 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6196 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6197 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6203 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6205 struct ep_type_description
6208 const char *description
;
6210 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6212 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6213 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6214 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6215 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6216 {bp_until
, "until"},
6217 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6218 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6219 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6220 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6221 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6222 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6223 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6224 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6225 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6226 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6227 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6228 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6229 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6230 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6231 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6232 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6233 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6234 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6235 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6236 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6237 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6238 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6239 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6240 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6241 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6242 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6243 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6244 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6245 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6248 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6249 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6250 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6251 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6254 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6257 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6258 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6261 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6262 const char *field_name
,
6266 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6270 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6271 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6272 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6275 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6277 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6283 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6284 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6289 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6293 uiout
->text (plongest (inf
));
6298 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6301 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6302 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6304 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6307 struct command_line
*l
;
6308 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6310 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6311 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6312 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6313 struct value_print_options opts
;
6315 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6317 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6318 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6319 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6322 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6323 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6331 if (part_of_multiple
)
6334 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6335 uiout
->field_string ("number", formatted
);
6340 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6345 if (part_of_multiple
)
6346 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6348 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6352 if (part_of_multiple
)
6353 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6355 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6360 if (part_of_multiple
)
6361 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6363 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6368 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6370 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6371 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6372 make sure there's just one location. */
6373 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6374 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6380 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6381 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6385 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6386 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6387 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6389 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6391 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6392 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6393 is relatively readable). */
6394 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6395 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6397 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6402 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6403 case bp_single_step
:
6407 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6408 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6410 case bp_exception_resume
:
6411 case bp_step_resume
:
6412 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6413 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6415 case bp_std_terminate
:
6416 case bp_shlib_event
:
6417 case bp_thread_event
:
6418 case bp_overlay_event
:
6419 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6420 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6421 case bp_exception_master
:
6423 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6424 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6427 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6428 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6429 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6432 if (header_of_multiple
)
6433 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6434 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6435 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6437 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6438 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6441 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6442 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6449 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6451 struct inferior
*inf
;
6452 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6457 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6458 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6461 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6462 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6464 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6465 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6466 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6467 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6468 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6469 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6471 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6472 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6475 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6477 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6479 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6480 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6481 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6482 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6484 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6486 uiout
->text (" task ");
6487 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6493 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6494 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6496 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6499 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6500 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6502 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6503 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6507 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6510 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6511 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6513 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6514 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6516 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6517 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6518 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6519 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6520 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6523 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6524 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6525 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6530 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6532 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6533 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6534 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6535 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6538 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6540 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6545 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6549 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6550 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6551 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6552 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6553 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6555 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6556 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6557 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6558 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6559 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6561 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6565 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6566 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6567 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6571 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6574 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6575 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6576 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6579 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6580 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6581 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6582 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6585 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6586 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6587 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6588 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6589 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6591 uiout
->text ("next ");
6592 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6593 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6596 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6598 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6600 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6602 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6603 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6604 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6608 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6609 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6612 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6613 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6616 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6618 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6620 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6622 annotate_field (10);
6623 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6624 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6625 uiout
->text (" \n");
6628 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6630 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6632 annotate_field (11);
6634 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6635 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6636 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6642 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6643 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6648 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6650 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6652 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6654 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6656 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6657 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6658 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6659 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6664 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6665 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6668 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6671 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "bkpt");
6673 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6676 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6677 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6678 locations, if any. */
6679 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6681 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6682 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6683 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6686 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6687 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6689 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6690 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6692 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6695 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6697 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6698 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6705 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6707 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6708 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6710 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6711 address to print. */
6712 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6715 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6719 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6720 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6721 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6724 return print_address_bits
;
6727 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6733 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6735 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
6736 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*) data
;
6737 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6738 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6742 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6744 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6752 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6753 char **error_message
)
6755 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6758 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6760 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6761 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6767 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6768 internal or momentary. */
6771 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6773 return b
->number
> 0;
6776 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6779 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6781 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6784 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6785 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6786 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6787 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6788 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6789 breakpoints listed. */
6792 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6793 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6795 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6796 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6797 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6798 struct value_print_options opts
;
6799 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6800 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6801 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6803 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6805 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6806 required for address fields. */
6807 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6810 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6811 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6814 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6815 accept. Skip the others. */
6816 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6818 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6820 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6824 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6826 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6828 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6829 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6830 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6832 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6833 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6834 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6836 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6841 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6842 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6843 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6846 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6847 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6848 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6850 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6851 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6853 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6854 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6856 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6857 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6859 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6860 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6862 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6864 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6865 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6867 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6869 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6871 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6872 uiout
->table_body ();
6873 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6874 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6879 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6880 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6883 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6884 accept. Skip the others. */
6886 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6888 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6890 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6893 else /* all others */
6895 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6899 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6901 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6902 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6906 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6908 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6912 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6913 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6915 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6921 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6922 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6925 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6926 there have been breakpoints? */
6927 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6929 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6932 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6933 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6936 default_collect_info (void)
6938 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6940 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6941 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6943 if (!*default_collect
)
6946 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6948 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6949 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6950 uiout
->text (" \n");
6954 info_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6956 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6958 default_collect_info ();
6962 info_watchpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6964 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6965 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6967 if (num_printed
== 0)
6969 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6970 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6972 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6977 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6979 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6981 default_collect_info ();
6985 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6986 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6987 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6989 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6991 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6993 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6994 && bl
->address
== pc
6995 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
7001 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
7002 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
7006 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7007 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7008 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
7011 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7014 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
7015 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
7019 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7020 else /* if (others == ???) */
7021 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7023 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
7026 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
7027 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
7028 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7029 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
7030 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
7031 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7032 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
7033 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7037 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7039 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7040 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
7041 printf_filtered (".\n");
7046 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7047 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7048 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7049 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7051 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7052 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7053 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7054 breakpoint location at address zero:
7062 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7064 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
7066 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
7069 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7070 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7073 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7074 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7076 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7077 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7079 /* Both of them must exist. */
7080 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7081 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7083 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7084 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7085 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7086 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7087 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7088 other watchpoint. */
7090 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7092 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7093 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
7095 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7097 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7098 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
7101 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7102 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7103 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7104 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7105 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7106 become hw_access locations later. */
7107 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7108 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7109 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7110 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7113 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7116 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7117 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7119 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7120 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7124 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7125 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7126 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7127 space doesn't really matter. */
7130 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7131 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7134 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7135 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7136 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7139 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7140 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7141 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7142 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7145 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7146 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7149 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7152 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7153 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7157 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7158 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7159 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7160 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7161 doesn't really matter. */
7164 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7165 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7166 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7168 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7169 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7171 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7173 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7179 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7180 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7181 true, otherwise returns false. */
7184 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7185 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7187 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7188 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7189 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7190 different locations. */
7191 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7196 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7197 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7198 represent the same location. */
7201 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7202 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7204 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7206 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7207 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7208 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7210 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7211 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7213 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7216 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7217 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7218 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7220 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7221 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7222 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7223 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7227 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7228 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7230 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7231 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7235 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7236 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7238 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7239 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7241 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7244 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7245 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7246 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7247 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7250 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7251 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7253 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7255 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7258 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7259 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7260 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7261 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7262 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7264 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7265 have their addresses modified. */
7268 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7270 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7271 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7272 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7273 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7274 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7275 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7280 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7282 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7283 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7284 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7286 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7287 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7289 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7290 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7292 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7296 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops
*ops
, breakpoint
*owner
)
7298 bp_location
*loc
= this;
7300 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7304 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7305 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7308 switch (owner
->type
)
7311 case bp_single_step
:
7315 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7316 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7318 case bp_exception_resume
:
7319 case bp_step_resume
:
7320 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7321 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7323 case bp_std_terminate
:
7324 case bp_shlib_event
:
7325 case bp_thread_event
:
7326 case bp_overlay_event
:
7328 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7329 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7330 case bp_exception_master
:
7331 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7332 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7334 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7335 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7337 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7338 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7339 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7341 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7342 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7343 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7344 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7349 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7350 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7351 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7354 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7360 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7362 static struct bp_location
*
7363 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7365 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7369 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7371 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7375 /* Increment reference count. */
7378 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7383 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7384 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7387 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7389 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7391 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7392 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7396 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7399 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7401 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7402 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7404 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7405 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7407 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7409 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7414 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7420 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7423 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7424 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7426 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7428 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7432 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7433 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7434 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7435 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7438 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7439 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7441 static struct breakpoint
*
7442 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7444 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7446 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7448 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7449 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7452 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7453 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7457 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7459 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7461 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7462 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7463 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7466 const char *function_name
;
7467 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7469 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7470 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7472 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7474 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7476 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7477 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7478 &loc
->requested_address
))
7480 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7481 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7482 loc
->requested_address
,
7485 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7486 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7488 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7489 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7490 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7491 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7493 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7498 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7502 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7504 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7507 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7509 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7514 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7515 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7516 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7518 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7519 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7520 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7523 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7524 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7525 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7527 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7529 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7531 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7532 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7534 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7535 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7537 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7538 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7541 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7542 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7543 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7544 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7545 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7546 is also returned as the value of this function.
7548 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7549 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7550 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7551 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7552 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7553 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7554 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7557 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7558 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7559 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7561 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7563 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7564 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7567 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7568 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7569 initiated the operation. */
7572 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7574 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7575 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7577 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7578 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7579 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7580 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7581 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7582 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7583 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7584 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7586 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7587 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7589 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7590 after their removal. */
7591 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7592 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7593 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7596 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7599 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7601 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7603 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7605 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7606 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7608 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7609 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7614 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7616 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7618 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7619 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7621 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7622 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7626 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7627 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7628 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7632 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7634 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7637 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7639 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7641 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7642 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7644 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7646 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7648 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7651 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7652 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7653 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7654 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7660 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7661 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7664 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7665 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7669 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7671 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7673 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7674 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7676 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7678 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7679 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7680 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7681 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7684 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7686 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7688 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7689 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7690 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7692 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7697 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7699 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7702 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7704 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7705 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7706 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7711 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7713 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7716 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7718 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7719 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7720 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7724 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7725 master breakpoint. */
7727 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7729 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7731 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7732 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7733 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7735 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7736 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7740 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7742 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7744 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7746 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7747 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7748 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7752 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7754 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7756 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7757 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7759 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7760 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7761 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7763 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7768 struct lang_and_radix
7774 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7777 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7779 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7780 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7783 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7786 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7788 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7790 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7791 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7792 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7793 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7797 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7799 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7801 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7802 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7803 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7804 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7807 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7810 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7812 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7814 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7815 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7816 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7817 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7820 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7821 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7822 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7824 static struct breakpoint
*
7825 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7826 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7828 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7830 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7831 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7832 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7837 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7839 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7842 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7845 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7847 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7849 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7851 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7852 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7854 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7860 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7861 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7864 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7866 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7868 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7870 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7871 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7873 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7874 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7875 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7876 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7877 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7878 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7879 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7880 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7881 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7882 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7883 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7884 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7887 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7892 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7893 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7894 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7897 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7899 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7900 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7902 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7904 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7905 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7907 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7908 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7909 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7910 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7911 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7912 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7913 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7914 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7915 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7917 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7918 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7919 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7920 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7923 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7924 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7926 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7928 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7929 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7930 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7933 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7938 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7939 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7940 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7943 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7945 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7947 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7950 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7951 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7952 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7953 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7954 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7955 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7956 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7957 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7958 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7959 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7961 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7962 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7967 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7968 int bp_modified
= 0;
7970 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7973 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7975 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7977 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7978 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7981 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7984 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7987 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7988 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7991 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7993 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7994 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7995 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7996 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7997 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8000 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
8007 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
8011 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8013 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8014 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
8015 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8017 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8019 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8020 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8021 catchpoint has triggered. */
8022 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
8025 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8029 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8031 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8034 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8038 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8040 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8043 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8047 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8048 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8049 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8051 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8053 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8056 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8060 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8063 static enum print_stop_action
8064 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8066 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8067 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8068 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8070 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8071 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8072 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8073 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8075 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8076 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8078 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8079 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8081 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8082 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
8083 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8084 uiout
->text ("), ");
8085 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8088 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8092 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8094 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8095 struct value_print_options opts
;
8096 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8098 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8100 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8101 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8103 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8104 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8106 uiout
->text ("fork");
8107 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8109 uiout
->text (", process ");
8110 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8114 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8115 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
8118 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8122 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8124 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8127 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8131 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8133 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8134 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8137 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8139 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8141 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8145 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8147 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8150 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8154 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8156 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8159 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8163 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8164 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8165 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8167 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8169 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8172 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8176 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8179 static enum print_stop_action
8180 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8182 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8183 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8184 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8186 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8187 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8188 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8189 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8191 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8192 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8194 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8195 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8197 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8198 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
8199 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8200 uiout
->text ("), ");
8201 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8204 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8208 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8210 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8211 struct value_print_options opts
;
8212 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8214 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8215 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8216 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8218 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8219 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8221 uiout
->text ("vfork");
8222 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8224 uiout
->text (", process ");
8225 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8229 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8230 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
8233 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8237 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8239 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8242 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8246 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8248 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8249 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8252 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8254 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8256 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8257 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8258 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8260 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8262 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
8264 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8265 unsigned char is_load
;
8267 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8268 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8270 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
8273 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
8275 xfree (this->regex
);
8279 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8285 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8291 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8292 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8294 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8296 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8297 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8299 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8302 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8304 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8306 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8309 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8312 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
8315 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8317 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8326 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8328 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8329 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8334 struct so_list
*iter
;
8337 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8342 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8351 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8356 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8362 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8365 static enum print_stop_action
8366 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8368 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8369 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8371 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8372 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8373 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8374 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8376 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8377 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8379 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8380 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8381 print_solib_event (1);
8382 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8386 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8388 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8389 struct value_print_options opts
;
8390 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8393 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8394 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8395 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8397 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8400 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8407 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8409 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8414 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8416 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8418 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8421 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8422 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8426 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8428 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8430 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8431 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8435 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8437 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8439 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8440 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8441 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8443 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8444 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8447 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8449 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8450 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8451 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8452 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8453 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8454 created in an enabled state. */
8457 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8459 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8463 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8465 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8469 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8470 _("Invalid regexp")));
8471 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8474 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8475 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8476 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8478 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8480 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8483 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8487 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8488 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8491 const int enabled
= 1;
8493 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8495 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8499 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8500 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8502 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8506 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8507 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8509 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8512 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8513 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8514 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8515 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8518 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8519 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8520 const char *cond_string
,
8521 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8523 symtab_and_line sal
;
8524 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8526 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8528 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8529 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8533 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8535 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8536 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8537 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8538 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8541 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8544 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8548 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8549 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8550 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8552 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8554 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8556 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8558 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8561 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8563 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8564 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8565 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8567 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8569 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8571 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8572 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8574 char *exec_pathname
;
8577 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8579 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8581 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8585 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8587 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8591 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8593 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8597 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8598 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8599 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8601 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8603 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8606 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8610 static enum print_stop_action
8611 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8613 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8614 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8615 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8617 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8618 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8619 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8620 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8622 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8623 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8625 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8626 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8628 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8629 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8630 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8631 uiout
->text ("), ");
8633 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8637 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8639 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8640 struct value_print_options opts
;
8641 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8643 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8645 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8646 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8647 is relatively readable). */
8648 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8649 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8651 uiout
->text ("exec");
8652 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8654 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8655 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8656 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8659 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8660 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8664 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8666 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8669 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8673 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8675 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8676 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8679 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8682 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8685 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8686 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8690 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8691 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8693 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8695 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8702 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8706 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8709 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8711 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8714 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8716 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8718 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8724 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8725 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8726 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8727 types _not_ TYPE. */
8730 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8731 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8734 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8736 *other_type_used
= 0;
8741 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8744 if (b
->type
== type
)
8745 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8746 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8747 *other_type_used
= 1;
8754 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8756 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8760 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8762 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8763 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8769 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8771 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8775 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8777 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8778 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8784 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8786 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8787 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8791 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8793 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8794 breakpoint_re_set ();
8797 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8800 static struct breakpoint
*
8801 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8803 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8805 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8806 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8808 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8809 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8812 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8814 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8817 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8818 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8822 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8823 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8825 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8827 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8829 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8831 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8832 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8833 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8834 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8836 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8837 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8839 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8840 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8842 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8847 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8848 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8849 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8851 static struct breakpoint
*
8852 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8854 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8857 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8859 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8860 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8861 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8863 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8864 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8865 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8866 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8867 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8868 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8869 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8870 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8871 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8872 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8873 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8874 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8876 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8877 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8878 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8880 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8884 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8888 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8890 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8894 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8898 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8901 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8903 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8905 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8906 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8908 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8912 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8915 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8917 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8918 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8920 printf_filtered ("\n");
8924 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8926 static struct bp_location
*
8927 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8928 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8930 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8931 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8932 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8934 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8935 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8937 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8938 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8939 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8940 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8941 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8942 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8943 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8946 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8947 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8948 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8949 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8954 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8955 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8956 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8957 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
8958 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8959 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8960 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8961 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8962 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8963 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8965 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8966 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8968 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8969 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8970 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8971 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8972 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8973 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8974 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8975 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8976 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8977 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8978 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8979 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8981 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8988 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8991 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8995 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8996 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8999 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9001 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9005 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
9007 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9008 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9009 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9010 scoped_restore restore_memory
9011 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
9013 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9014 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9020 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9021 return 0 otherwise. */
9024 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9026 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9028 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9029 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9030 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9032 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
9035 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9036 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9037 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9040 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9041 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9044 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9046 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9047 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9052 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9054 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9056 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9058 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9060 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9061 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9063 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9064 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9065 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9067 if (!dprintf_function
)
9068 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9070 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9071 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9076 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9080 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9082 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9083 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9086 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9087 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9091 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9092 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9094 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9095 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9097 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
9099 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9100 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9101 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9102 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9103 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9105 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, command_line_up (printf_cmd_line
));
9109 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9110 current style settings. */
9113 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9114 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9116 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9120 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9121 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9125 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9126 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9127 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
9128 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
9131 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9132 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
9133 event_location_up
&&location
,
9134 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
9135 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9136 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9137 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9138 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9139 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9140 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9141 int display_canonical
)
9145 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9147 int target_resources_ok
;
9149 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9150 target_resources_ok
=
9151 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9153 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9154 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9155 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9156 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9159 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
9161 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9163 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9167 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9169 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9171 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9172 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9175 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
9177 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9181 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
9182 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
9183 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9184 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9185 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9187 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9188 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9190 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9192 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9193 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9195 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9197 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9198 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9200 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
9204 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9206 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9208 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9209 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9211 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9213 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9215 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9217 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9218 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9220 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9222 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9225 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9226 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9233 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9234 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9240 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9242 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9243 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9245 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9248 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9249 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9250 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9252 if (b
->extra_string
)
9253 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9255 error (_("Format string required"));
9257 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9258 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9261 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9262 if (location
!= NULL
)
9263 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
9265 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
9266 b
->filter
= filter
.release ();
9270 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9271 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
9272 event_location_up
&&location
,
9273 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
9274 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9275 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9276 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9277 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9278 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9279 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9280 int display_canonical
)
9282 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
9284 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
9285 sals
, std::move (location
),
9287 std::move (cond_string
),
9288 std::move (extra_string
),
9290 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9292 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9295 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9298 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9299 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9300 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9301 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9302 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9303 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9304 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9305 we take just a single condition string.
9307 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9308 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9309 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9310 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9311 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9314 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9315 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9316 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9317 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9318 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9319 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9320 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9321 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9323 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9324 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
9326 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
9328 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9329 'break', without arguments. */
9330 event_location_up location
9331 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9332 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
9333 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
9334 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
9336 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
9337 std::move (location
),
9338 std::move (filter_string
),
9339 std::move (cond_string
),
9340 std::move (extra_string
),
9342 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9343 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9344 canonical
->special_display
);
9348 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9349 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9350 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9351 linespec locations).
9353 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9354 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9357 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9358 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9360 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9362 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9364 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9366 if (address
== NULL
)
9368 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9369 breakpoint address. */
9370 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9372 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9373 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9374 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9375 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9376 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9377 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
9378 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
9380 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9382 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9383 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9384 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9385 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9386 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9388 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9390 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9392 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9394 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9398 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9402 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9403 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9404 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9405 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9407 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9408 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9409 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9410 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9412 const char *address
= NULL
;
9414 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9415 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9419 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9420 && address
[1] != '['))
9422 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9423 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9424 get_last_displayed_line (),
9425 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9430 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9431 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9435 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9436 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9439 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9441 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9442 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9445 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9446 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9447 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9448 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9449 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9453 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9454 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9458 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9460 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9462 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9464 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9465 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9466 associated with SAL. */
9469 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
);
9470 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9473 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9474 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9476 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9480 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9481 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9482 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9483 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9484 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9485 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9488 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9489 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9492 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9499 const char *end_tok
;
9501 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9502 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9504 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9506 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9508 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9512 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9514 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9516 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9518 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9519 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9521 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9523 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9526 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9529 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9531 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9532 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9535 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9540 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9542 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9543 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9544 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9549 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9553 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9557 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9559 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9560 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9562 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9563 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9564 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9569 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9571 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9573 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9574 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9576 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9577 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9578 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9580 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9581 sals
.reserve (VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
));
9583 for (i
= 0; i
< VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
); i
++)
9585 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9587 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9589 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9590 sal
.pc
= marker
->address
;
9591 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9593 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9596 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9602 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9605 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9606 const struct event_location
*location
,
9607 const char *cond_string
,
9608 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9610 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9612 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9613 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9614 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9617 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9618 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9621 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9623 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9625 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9626 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9627 extra_string
= NULL
;
9631 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9633 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9635 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9637 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9639 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9642 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9643 throw_exception (e
);
9645 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9647 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9648 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9649 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9650 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9651 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9654 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9655 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9656 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9657 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9661 throw_exception (e
);
9665 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9668 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9669 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9670 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9671 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9672 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9674 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9675 are ok for the target. */
9678 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9679 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9682 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9683 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9685 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9686 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9689 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9690 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9694 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9695 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9702 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9704 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9705 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9706 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9707 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9709 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
.sals
[0].pc
,
9710 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9711 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9712 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9716 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9717 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9718 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9720 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9722 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9723 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9725 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9728 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9729 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9730 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9732 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9733 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9734 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9738 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9740 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9741 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9744 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9747 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9748 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9752 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9753 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9754 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9755 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9756 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9757 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9758 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9759 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9760 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9762 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9765 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9767 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9768 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9769 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9772 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9774 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9776 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9777 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9782 /* Set a breakpoint.
9783 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9784 condition, and thread.
9785 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9786 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9790 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9792 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9793 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9794 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9796 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9798 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9800 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9801 if (location
!= NULL
9802 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9803 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9805 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9807 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9809 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9810 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9811 0 /* Ignore count */,
9812 pending_break_support
,
9820 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9823 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9827 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9829 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9830 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9831 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9834 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9835 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9836 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9837 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9840 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9842 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9843 const struct block
*b
;
9846 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9847 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9850 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9853 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9854 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9859 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9860 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9861 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9862 happen in assembly source). */
9864 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9865 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9867 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9869 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9876 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9878 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9882 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9884 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9888 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9890 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9894 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9896 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9900 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9902 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9903 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9904 stop at <line>\n"));
9908 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9912 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9914 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9919 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9920 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9921 function/method name. */
9922 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9924 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9929 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9931 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9935 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9937 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9941 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9945 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9952 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9953 it is probably a line number. */
9954 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9956 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9961 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9963 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9967 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9969 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9972 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9973 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9974 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9978 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9980 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9982 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9983 the next character must be ','. */
9986 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9987 error (_("Format string required"));
9990 /* Skip the comma. */
9995 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9997 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9999 0 /* Ignore count */,
10000 pending_break_support
,
10001 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10009 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10011 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10014 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10015 ranged breakpoints. */
10018 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10019 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10021 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10023 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10024 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10027 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10028 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10031 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10032 ranged breakpoints. */
10035 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10037 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10040 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10041 ranged breakpoints. */
10043 static enum print_stop_action
10044 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10046 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10047 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10048 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10050 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10052 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10053 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10055 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10057 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10059 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10060 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
10062 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
10063 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10065 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
10066 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10067 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10069 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
10070 uiout
->text (", ");
10072 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10075 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10076 ranged breakpoints. */
10079 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10080 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10082 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10083 struct value_print_options opts
;
10084 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10086 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10087 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10089 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10091 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10092 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10093 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10094 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
10095 annotate_field (5);
10096 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10100 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10101 ranged breakpoints. */
10104 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10105 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10107 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10108 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10113 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10114 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10116 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
10117 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
10118 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10119 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10120 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
10121 uiout
->text ("\n");
10124 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10125 ranged breakpoints. */
10128 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10130 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10131 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10134 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10136 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10139 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10140 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10141 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10144 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10145 ranged breakpoints. */
10148 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10150 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10151 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
10152 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
10153 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10156 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10158 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10160 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10161 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10162 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10163 last instruction of the given line. */
10166 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10170 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10171 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10172 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10179 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10181 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10183 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10190 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10193 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10195 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
;
10196 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10197 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10199 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10200 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10202 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10203 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10204 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10206 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10207 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10208 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10210 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10211 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10213 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10214 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10215 error(_("No address range specified."));
10218 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10220 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
10223 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10224 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
10225 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10227 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
10229 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
10230 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
10231 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10233 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
10234 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10235 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10237 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10238 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10240 /* Parse the end location. */
10244 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10245 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10246 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10247 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10248 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10249 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10251 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10252 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10253 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10255 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
10256 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10258 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
10259 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
10260 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
10261 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10263 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
10265 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10266 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10267 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10269 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10271 /* Length overflowed. */
10272 error (_("Address range too large."));
10273 else if (length
== 1)
10275 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10276 the `hbreak' command. */
10277 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10279 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10284 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10285 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10286 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10287 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10288 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10289 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10290 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
10291 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
10292 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10294 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10297 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10298 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10301 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10302 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10303 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10307 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10309 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10315 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10316 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10319 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10329 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10330 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10331 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10332 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10333 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10335 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10362 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10365 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10366 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10371 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10372 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10373 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10374 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10375 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10376 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10377 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10379 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10380 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10385 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10387 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10388 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10389 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10390 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10392 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10393 are always constant. */
10395 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10397 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10398 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10399 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10404 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10405 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10406 then it is not a constant. */
10415 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10417 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10419 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10420 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10421 value_free (this->val
);
10424 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10427 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10429 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10431 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10432 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10434 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10435 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10436 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10437 are loaded and unloaded.
10439 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10440 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10441 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10442 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10443 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10444 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10446 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10447 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10448 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10449 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10451 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10452 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10454 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10455 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10456 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10459 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10462 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10464 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10465 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10467 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10468 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10471 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10474 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10476 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10477 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10479 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10480 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10484 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10485 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10486 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10488 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10489 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10491 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10492 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10493 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10494 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10495 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10496 (did not match the data address). */
10497 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10498 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10505 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10507 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10509 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10512 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10513 hardware watchpoints. */
10516 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10518 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10519 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10521 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10524 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10525 hardware watchpoints. */
10528 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10530 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10531 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10534 static enum print_stop_action
10535 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10537 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10538 enum print_stop_action result
;
10539 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10540 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10542 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10544 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10545 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10547 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10548 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10552 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10555 case bp_watchpoint
:
10556 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10557 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10558 uiout
->field_string
10559 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10561 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10562 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10563 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10564 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10565 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10566 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10567 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10568 uiout
->text ("\n");
10569 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10570 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10573 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10574 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10575 uiout
->field_string
10576 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10578 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10579 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10580 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10581 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10582 uiout
->text ("\n");
10583 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10586 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10587 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10589 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10590 uiout
->field_string
10592 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10594 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10595 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10596 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10597 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10598 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10603 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10604 uiout
->field_string
10606 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10607 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10608 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10610 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10611 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10612 uiout
->text ("\n");
10613 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10616 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10622 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10626 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10628 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10629 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10630 const char *tuple_name
;
10634 case bp_watchpoint
:
10635 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10636 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10638 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10639 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10640 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10642 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10643 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10644 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10646 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10647 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10648 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10651 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10652 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10655 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10656 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10657 uiout
->text (": ");
10658 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10661 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10665 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10667 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10671 case bp_watchpoint
:
10672 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10673 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10675 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10676 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10678 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10679 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10682 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10683 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10686 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10687 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10690 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10694 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10696 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10697 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10698 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10704 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10706 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10708 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10709 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10712 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10714 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10716 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10717 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10720 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10721 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10724 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10726 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10728 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10729 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10732 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10733 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10736 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10738 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10740 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10743 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10744 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10747 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10752 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10753 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10755 static enum print_stop_action
10756 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10758 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10759 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10761 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10762 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10764 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10765 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10769 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10770 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10771 uiout
->field_string
10772 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10775 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10776 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10777 uiout
->field_string
10778 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10781 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10782 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10783 uiout
->field_string
10785 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10788 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10789 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10793 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10794 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10795 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10796 uiout
->text ("\n");
10798 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10799 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10802 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10803 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10806 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10807 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10809 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10811 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10812 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10814 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10815 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10816 uiout
->text ("\n");
10819 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10820 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10823 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10825 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10826 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10827 const char *tuple_name
;
10831 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10832 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10833 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10835 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10836 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10837 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10839 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10840 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10841 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10844 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10845 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10848 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10849 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10850 uiout
->text (": ");
10851 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10854 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10855 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10858 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10860 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10865 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10866 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10868 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10869 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10871 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10872 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10875 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10876 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10879 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10880 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10881 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10884 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10886 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10888 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10891 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10893 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10896 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10897 hw_read: watch read,
10898 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10900 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10901 int just_location
, int internal
)
10903 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10904 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10905 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10906 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10907 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10908 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10909 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10911 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10912 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10913 enum bptype bp_type
;
10916 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10917 the hardware watchpoint. */
10919 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10921 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
10923 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10924 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10926 const char *value_start
;
10928 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10930 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10931 of the arguments string. */
10932 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10934 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10935 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10938 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10939 This is the value of the parameter. */
10940 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10942 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10944 /* Skip whitespace. */
10945 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10950 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10951 This is the parameter itself. */
10952 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10955 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10957 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10959 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10960 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10961 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10962 only in a specific thread. */
10966 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10968 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10969 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10971 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10972 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10973 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10975 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10977 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10979 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10980 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10982 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10985 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10987 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10989 mark
= value_mark ();
10990 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10991 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10992 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10995 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10998 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10999 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11006 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11007 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11009 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11010 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11011 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11012 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11013 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11015 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11016 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11018 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11021 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11022 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
11026 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11027 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11029 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11032 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11033 mark
= value_mark ();
11034 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11036 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11038 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11039 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11046 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11047 val
= value_addr (result
);
11048 release_value (val
);
11049 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11053 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11056 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11057 else if (ret
== -2)
11058 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11061 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11062 release_value (val
);
11064 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11065 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
11067 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11068 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11070 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11071 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11072 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11074 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11075 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11076 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11081 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11083 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11085 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
11087 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
11089 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11090 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11091 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11092 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11093 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
11095 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
11097 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11099 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
11100 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
11103 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
11104 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11105 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11107 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
11110 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11112 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11113 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11115 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11116 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
11118 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11119 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
11120 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
11121 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11122 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11123 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11124 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11128 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11129 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11130 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11131 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11133 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11134 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11135 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11136 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11138 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11140 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
11143 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
11144 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11146 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
11147 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11148 w
->thread
= thread
;
11149 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11150 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11151 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
11152 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11153 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11156 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11157 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11159 w
->exp_string_reparse
11160 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
11162 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11163 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11166 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11170 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11175 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11176 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11181 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11183 w
->cond_string
= 0;
11185 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
11187 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
11188 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11192 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11193 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11196 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11198 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11199 need to act on them together. */
11200 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11201 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
11204 if (!just_location
)
11205 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11207 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11208 that should be inserted. */
11209 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
11211 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
11212 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11215 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11216 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11219 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11221 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11222 struct value
*head
= v
;
11224 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11225 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11228 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11229 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11230 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11231 hardware watchpoint.
11233 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11234 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11235 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11236 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11237 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11238 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11239 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11240 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11241 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11243 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11244 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11245 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11246 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11247 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11249 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11251 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11252 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11253 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11254 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11255 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11256 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11260 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11261 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11262 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11264 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11265 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11266 middle of some value chain. */
11268 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11269 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11271 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11275 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11276 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11277 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11279 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11283 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11287 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11288 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11289 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11290 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11291 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11294 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11295 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11296 return found_memory_cnt
;
11300 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11302 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11305 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11306 calls watch_command_1. */
11309 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11311 int just_location
= 0;
11314 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11315 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11317 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11321 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11325 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11327 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11331 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11333 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11337 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11339 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11343 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11345 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11349 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11351 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11355 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11356 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11359 struct until_break_fsm
11361 /* The base class. */
11362 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11364 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11367 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11368 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11370 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11372 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11375 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11376 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11377 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11378 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11379 static enum async_reply_reason
11380 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11382 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11384 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11387 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11388 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11389 NULL
, /* return_value */
11390 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11393 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11395 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11396 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11397 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
,
11398 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
)
11400 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11402 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11403 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11405 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11406 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
;
11407 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
;
11412 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11413 until(location)/advance commands. */
11416 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11417 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11419 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11421 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11422 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11423 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11424 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11425 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11426 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11431 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11432 until(location)/advance commands. */
11435 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11436 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11438 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11440 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11441 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11443 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11444 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11446 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11448 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11449 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11451 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11454 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11455 until(location)/advance commands. */
11457 static enum async_reply_reason
11458 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11460 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11464 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11466 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11467 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11468 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11469 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11470 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11471 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11472 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11474 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11475 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11477 clear_proceed_status (0);
11479 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11482 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11484 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11485 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11486 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11487 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11488 get_last_displayed_line ())
11489 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11490 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0));
11492 if (sals
.size () != 1)
11493 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11495 symtab_and_line
&sal
= sals
[0];
11498 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11500 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11502 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11503 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11505 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11507 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11508 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11509 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11512 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11513 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11514 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11515 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11517 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11520 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11522 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11523 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11525 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11526 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11527 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11528 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11532 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint
);
11534 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11535 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11538 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11542 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11543 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11544 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11545 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11547 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11548 only at the very same frame. */
11549 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11550 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11551 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint
);
11553 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11554 location_breakpoint
, caller_breakpoint
);
11555 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11557 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11559 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11562 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11563 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11565 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11566 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11567 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11568 if clause in the arg string. */
11571 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11573 const char *cond_string
;
11575 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11578 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11581 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11582 condition string. */
11583 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11584 cond_string
= *arg
;
11586 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11588 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11590 return cond_string
;
11593 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11594 process start/exit, etc. */
11598 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11599 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11604 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11605 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11607 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11608 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11609 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11610 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11613 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11614 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11615 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11619 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11621 /* The allowed syntax is:
11623 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11625 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11626 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11628 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11629 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11631 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11632 and enable reporting of such events. */
11635 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11636 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11637 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11638 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11640 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11641 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11642 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11643 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11646 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11652 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11653 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11655 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11656 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11658 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11660 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11664 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11666 /* The allowed syntax is:
11668 catch exec if <cond>
11670 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11671 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11673 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11674 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11676 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11677 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11678 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11679 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11681 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11685 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11686 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11687 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11689 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11696 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11698 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11700 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11701 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11702 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11703 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11704 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11705 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11706 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11707 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11708 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11709 enough for now, though. */
11712 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11714 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11715 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11716 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11717 language_def (language_ada
));
11718 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11722 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11724 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11729 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11731 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11734 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11737 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11739 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= (const breakpoint_p
*) a
;
11740 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11741 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= (const breakpoint_p
*) b
;
11742 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11744 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11746 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11749 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11753 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11756 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11759 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11761 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11762 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11766 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11768 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11769 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11770 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11774 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11775 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11776 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11778 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11782 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11783 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11784 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11785 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11786 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11787 error (_("No source file specified."));
11793 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11794 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11795 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11796 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11798 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11799 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11800 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11801 due to optimization, all in one block.
11803 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11804 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11805 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11806 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11807 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11808 to support that. */
11810 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11811 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11812 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11816 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11817 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11819 const char *sal_fullname
;
11821 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11822 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11823 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11826 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11831 1 0 <can't happen> */
11833 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11834 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11836 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11837 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11840 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11841 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11843 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11844 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11846 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11847 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11848 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11850 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11851 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11852 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11853 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11854 int line_match
= 0;
11856 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11857 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11858 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11859 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11860 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11861 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11862 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11865 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11874 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11878 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11879 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11882 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11884 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11887 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11888 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11889 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11890 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11891 compare_breakpoints
);
11892 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11893 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11897 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11902 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11903 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11906 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11907 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11909 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11912 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11915 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11916 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11919 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11921 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11924 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11925 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11926 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11929 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11931 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11933 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11934 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11935 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11937 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11939 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11941 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11942 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11946 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11947 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11948 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11949 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11950 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11951 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11954 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11956 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
11957 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
11959 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11960 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11962 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11963 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11966 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11967 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11968 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11970 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11971 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11972 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
11974 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11975 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11976 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11978 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11979 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11980 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11982 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11985 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11986 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11987 content of the bp_locations array. */
11990 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11992 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11994 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11995 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11997 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11999 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12001 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12004 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12005 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12007 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12008 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12009 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12010 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12012 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12014 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12015 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12016 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12017 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12021 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12024 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12026 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12027 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
12029 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
12031 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12033 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12034 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12035 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12037 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12038 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12039 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12042 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
12044 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12045 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
12047 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
12050 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
12053 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12055 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12056 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12057 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12058 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12061 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12063 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12066 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12068 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12069 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12070 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12071 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12075 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12078 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12080 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12081 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12082 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12083 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12085 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12086 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12087 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12088 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12089 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12091 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12092 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12093 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12094 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12095 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12096 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12097 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12098 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12101 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12102 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12103 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12107 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12109 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12110 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12111 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12114 address
= bl
->address
;
12115 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12117 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12118 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12119 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12121 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12122 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12125 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12126 the same program space as the location
12127 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12128 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12129 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12133 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12134 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12137 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12138 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12139 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12140 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12141 that have already been marked. */
12142 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12144 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12146 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
12149 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12150 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12151 locations are duplicate of which.
12153 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12154 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12158 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12160 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12161 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12162 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12163 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12164 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12165 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12166 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12168 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12169 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12170 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12171 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12172 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12174 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12175 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12176 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12177 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12179 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
12180 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12181 struct bp_location
**old_locations
, **old_locp
;
12182 unsigned old_locations_count
;
12184 old_locations
= bp_locations
;
12185 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
12186 bp_locations
= NULL
;
12187 bp_locations_count
= 0;
12188 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_locations
);
12190 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12191 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12192 bp_locations_count
++;
12194 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
12195 locp
= bp_locations
;
12196 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12197 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12199 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
12200 bp_locations_compare
);
12202 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
12204 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12205 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12206 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12207 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12208 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12211 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12212 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12214 locp
= bp_locations
;
12215 for (old_locp
= old_locations
;
12216 old_locp
< old_locations
+ old_locations_count
;
12219 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12220 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12222 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12223 not, we have to free it. */
12224 int found_object
= 0;
12225 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12226 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12229 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12230 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12231 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12232 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12236 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12237 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12240 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12241 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12242 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12244 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12245 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12246 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12248 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12249 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12252 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12256 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12257 have to go through updates again. */
12258 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12260 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12262 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12264 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12265 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12266 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12267 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12268 at certain location is not inserted. */
12270 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12272 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12275 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12277 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12278 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12279 keep_in_target
= 1;
12283 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12284 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12285 remove its target-side condition. */
12287 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12288 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12289 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12290 this one from the target. */
12292 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12293 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12296 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12297 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12300 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12302 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12304 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12305 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12306 supported, but the latter are. */
12307 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12309 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12310 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12313 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12314 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12316 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12317 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12319 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12320 keep_in_target
= 1;
12328 if (!keep_in_target
)
12330 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
12332 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12333 this location on the global list, and try to
12334 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12335 reason why we will succeed next time.
12337 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12338 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12339 only after calling us. */
12340 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12341 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12342 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12350 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12351 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12353 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12354 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12355 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12356 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12357 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12358 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12359 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12360 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12361 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12362 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12363 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12364 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12365 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12366 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12369 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12370 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12372 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12373 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12374 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12375 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12376 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12377 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12378 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12379 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12380 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12381 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12382 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12383 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12384 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12387 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12388 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12389 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12390 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12392 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12393 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12394 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12395 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12396 traps we can no longer explain. */
12398 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12399 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12401 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12405 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12406 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12411 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12412 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12413 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12414 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12415 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12416 are sorted first for the same address.
12418 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12419 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12421 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12422 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12423 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12424 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12425 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12427 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12429 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12432 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12433 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12434 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12435 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12436 `struct bp_location'. */
12437 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12439 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12440 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12444 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12445 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12446 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12447 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12448 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12449 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12451 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12453 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12454 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12455 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12457 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12458 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12460 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12462 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12463 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12464 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12470 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12471 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12472 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12474 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12475 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12477 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12478 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12481 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12483 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12484 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12487 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12488 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12489 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12490 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12491 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12493 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12497 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12498 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12500 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12504 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12506 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12509 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12510 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12512 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12513 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12519 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12524 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12526 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12532 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12535 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12539 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12540 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12542 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12543 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12544 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12548 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12550 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12552 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12554 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12558 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12562 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12564 struct value_print_options opts
;
12566 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12568 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12570 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12572 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12573 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12574 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12575 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12577 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12578 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12580 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12582 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12583 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12588 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12589 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12595 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12597 printf_filtered (" at ");
12598 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12601 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12603 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12605 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12606 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12607 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12608 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12610 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12611 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12612 real situation somewhat. */
12613 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12614 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12619 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12621 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12623 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12628 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12631 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12633 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12636 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12641 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12643 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12645 decref_counted_command_line (&this->commands
);
12646 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12647 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12648 xfree (this->filter
);
12651 static struct bp_location
*
12652 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12654 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops
, self
);
12658 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12660 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12663 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12664 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12667 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12669 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12673 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12674 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12676 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12680 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12681 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12683 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12685 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12689 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12694 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12698 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12700 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12703 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12707 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12709 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12712 static enum print_stop_action
12713 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12715 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12719 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12720 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12726 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12728 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12732 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12734 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12738 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12739 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12740 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12741 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12743 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12747 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12748 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12749 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12750 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12751 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12752 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12754 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12755 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12756 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12757 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12759 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12762 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12763 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12764 const struct event_location
*location
,
12765 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12767 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12770 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12773 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12778 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12781 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12783 /* Nothing to do. */
12786 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12788 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12789 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12790 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12791 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12792 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12793 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12794 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12795 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12796 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12798 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12799 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12800 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12801 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12802 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12803 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12804 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12805 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12808 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12811 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12813 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12814 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12816 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12817 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12821 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12825 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12827 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12829 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12830 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12832 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12833 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12835 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12839 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12841 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12842 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12844 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12848 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12849 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12850 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12852 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12853 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12856 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12860 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12861 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12862 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12869 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12870 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12871 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12873 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12874 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12876 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12877 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12878 be set at the same address. */
12882 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12886 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12888 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12893 static enum print_stop_action
12894 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12896 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12897 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12899 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12901 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12903 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12904 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12906 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12907 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12908 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12911 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12912 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12915 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12917 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
12918 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12920 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12921 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12922 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12924 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
12925 uiout
->text (", ");
12927 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12931 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12933 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12938 case bp_breakpoint
:
12939 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12940 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12941 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12943 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12944 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12945 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12946 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12948 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12949 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12952 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12960 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12962 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12963 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12964 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12965 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12966 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12967 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12968 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12969 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12970 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12972 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12973 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12975 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12976 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12978 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12979 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12980 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12981 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12983 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12987 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12988 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12989 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12991 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12995 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12996 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12997 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12998 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12999 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13000 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13002 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13003 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13004 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13005 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13007 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13008 std::move (cond_string
),
13009 std::move (extra_string
),
13011 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13012 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13013 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13016 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13017 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13018 const struct event_location
*location
,
13019 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13021 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13024 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13027 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13031 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13032 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13033 case bp_overlay_event
:
13034 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13035 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13036 case bp_exception_master
:
13037 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13040 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13041 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13042 case bp_shlib_event
:
13044 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13045 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13046 case bp_thread_event
:
13052 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13054 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13056 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13057 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13058 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13059 objects (among other things). */
13060 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13061 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13067 static enum print_stop_action
13068 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13070 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13072 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13076 case bp_shlib_event
:
13077 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13078 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13079 to shlib event" message.) */
13080 print_solib_event (0);
13083 case bp_thread_event
:
13084 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13085 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13086 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13089 case bp_overlay_event
:
13090 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13091 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13094 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13095 /* These should never be enabled. */
13096 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13099 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13100 /* These should never be enabled. */
13101 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13102 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13105 case bp_exception_master
:
13106 /* These should never be enabled. */
13107 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13108 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13112 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13116 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13118 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13121 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13124 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13126 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13127 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13128 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13129 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13133 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13135 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13138 static enum print_stop_action
13139 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13141 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13145 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13147 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13150 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13152 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13153 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13155 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
13157 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
13160 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13163 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13166 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13168 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13172 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13174 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13175 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13184 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
13185 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
13187 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13188 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13189 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13193 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
13197 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13198 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13199 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13201 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13203 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
13205 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13206 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13209 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13210 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13211 const struct event_location
*location
,
13212 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13214 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
13216 error (_("probe not found"));
13220 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13223 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13225 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13229 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13230 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13231 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13233 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13239 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13240 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13242 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13243 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13245 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13247 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
13248 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13249 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13250 uiout
->text ("\n");
13255 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13257 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13262 case bp_tracepoint
:
13263 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13264 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13266 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13267 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13268 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13270 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13271 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13272 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13275 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13276 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13283 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13285 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13287 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13288 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13289 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13290 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13291 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13292 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13294 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13295 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13297 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13298 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
13299 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13301 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13302 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13306 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13307 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13308 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13310 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13314 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13315 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13316 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13317 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13318 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13319 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13321 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13322 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13323 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13324 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13326 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13327 std::move (cond_string
),
13328 std::move (extra_string
),
13330 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13331 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13332 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13335 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13336 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13337 const struct event_location
*location
,
13338 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13340 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13343 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13345 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13349 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13350 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13351 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13352 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13354 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13355 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13358 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13359 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13360 const struct event_location
*location
,
13361 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13363 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13364 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13367 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13369 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13372 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13374 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13376 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13377 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13379 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13380 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13381 3 - disconnect from target 1
13382 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13384 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13385 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13386 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13387 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13388 it all the time. */
13389 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13390 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13393 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13396 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13398 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13399 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
13401 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13404 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13407 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13408 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13409 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13410 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13411 address are all handled. */
13414 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13416 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13417 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13418 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13420 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13421 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13422 condition not be evaluated. */
13425 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13426 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13427 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13428 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13429 commands here throws. */
13430 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13431 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13432 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13434 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13436 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13437 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13439 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13442 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13446 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13447 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13448 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13450 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13451 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13453 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13455 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13456 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13458 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13459 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13460 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
);
13461 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13464 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13465 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13469 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13470 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13471 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13472 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13473 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13474 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13476 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13477 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13478 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13479 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13481 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
13483 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13484 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13485 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13486 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13487 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13488 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13490 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
13492 event_location_up location
13493 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13495 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13496 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13497 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13498 std::move (cond_string
),
13499 std::move (extra_string
),
13500 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13501 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13502 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13503 canonical
->special_display
);
13504 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13505 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13506 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13507 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13508 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13509 corresponds to this one */
13510 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13512 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13516 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13517 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13518 const struct event_location
*location
,
13519 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13521 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13522 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13524 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13525 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13527 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13532 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13535 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13538 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13540 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13543 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13547 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13549 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13551 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13553 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13554 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13557 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13558 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13559 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13560 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13561 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13564 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13565 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13566 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13567 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13569 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13572 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13573 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13574 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13576 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13577 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13579 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13580 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13581 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13582 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13586 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13588 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13589 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13590 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13591 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13592 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13595 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13596 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13597 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13598 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13600 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13602 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13603 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13605 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13606 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13608 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13612 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13614 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13615 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13616 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13617 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13618 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13619 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13620 commands won't work. */
13622 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13624 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13625 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13626 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13627 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13628 might be better design to have location completely
13629 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13630 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13632 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13633 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13634 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13639 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13641 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint
*) b
);
13645 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13647 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13650 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13651 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13654 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13655 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13659 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13664 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13666 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13667 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13669 if (next
== related
)
13671 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13672 function (related
, data
);
13674 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13675 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13680 function (related
, data
);
13684 while (related
!= b
);
13688 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13690 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13693 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13694 delete_breakpoint. */
13697 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13699 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13703 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13705 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13711 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13713 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13714 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13715 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13716 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13717 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13719 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13723 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13725 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13727 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13728 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13729 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13733 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13736 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13737 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13741 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13743 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13745 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13746 if ((pspace
== NULL
13747 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13748 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13749 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13754 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13755 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13756 Null names are ignored. */
13759 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13761 struct bp_location
*l
;
13762 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13763 (int (*) (const void *,
13764 const void *)) streq
,
13765 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13767 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13770 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13772 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13776 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13778 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13782 htab_delete (htab
);
13788 htab_delete (htab
);
13792 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13793 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13794 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13795 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13796 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13797 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13798 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13799 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13802 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13803 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13804 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13805 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13806 in the sources, and output a warning.
13808 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13809 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13810 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13811 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13812 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13815 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13816 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13817 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13818 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13819 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13820 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13821 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13822 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13823 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13825 static struct symtab_and_line
13826 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13828 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13829 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13834 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13836 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13838 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13839 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13841 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13843 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13844 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13845 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13850 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13852 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13854 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13855 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13857 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13860 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13862 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13864 struct symbol
*sym
;
13865 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13866 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13867 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13869 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13871 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13872 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13874 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13875 "found at previous line number"),
13876 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13878 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13879 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13880 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13883 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13884 uiout
->text (" at ");
13886 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13887 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13890 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13892 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13894 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13897 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
13898 uiout
->text ("\n");
13900 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13901 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13903 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13904 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13905 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13906 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13907 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13908 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13909 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13911 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13914 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13920 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13921 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13924 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13928 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13931 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13934 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13941 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13947 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13948 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13949 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13951 static struct bp_location
*
13952 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13954 struct bp_location head
;
13955 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13956 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13957 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13959 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13970 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13985 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13986 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13987 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13988 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13992 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13993 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13994 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13995 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13998 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
14000 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
14002 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14004 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14005 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14006 "multiple locations found\n"),
14011 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14012 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14013 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14014 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14015 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14016 individual locations. */
14017 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
14020 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
14022 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
14024 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14026 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
14028 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
14030 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14032 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14036 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14039 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
14040 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
14043 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14045 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14046 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14047 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14048 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14053 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
14055 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
14057 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14061 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14064 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14065 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14066 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14067 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14068 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14069 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14070 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14072 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14074 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14076 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14077 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14079 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14080 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14088 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14089 if (l
->function_name
14090 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14100 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14101 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14104 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14105 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14107 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
14108 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14109 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
14111 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14113 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14115 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
14119 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
14121 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14123 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14127 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14128 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14129 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14130 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14131 state, then user already saw the message about that
14132 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14134 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14135 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14137 && search_pspace
!= NULL
14138 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
14139 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14140 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14141 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14142 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14144 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14146 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14147 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14148 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14149 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14150 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14151 which approach is better. */
14152 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14153 throw_exception (e
);
14158 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14160 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
14161 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
14162 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14164 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14167 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
[0].pc
,
14168 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14170 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14172 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14173 b
->thread
= thread
;
14177 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14178 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14180 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14183 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14184 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
14194 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14195 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14199 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14201 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
14202 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
14205 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
14206 filter_pspace
, &found
);
14208 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
14210 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14212 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
14213 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
14214 filter_pspace
, &found
);
14216 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
14219 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14222 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14223 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14226 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14227 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14228 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14230 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14233 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14234 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14238 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14239 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14240 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
14241 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
14242 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14243 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14245 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14246 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14247 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14248 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14250 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
14251 std::move (cond_string
),
14252 std::move (extra_string
),
14253 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14254 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14255 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14258 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14259 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14261 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
14262 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14263 const struct event_location
*location
,
14264 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
14266 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14268 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
14269 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14270 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14273 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14274 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
14276 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
14278 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
14279 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
14284 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14286 static struct cleanup
*
14287 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14289 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14290 set_language (b
->language
);
14292 return make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
14295 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14296 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14297 Unused in this case. */
14300 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14302 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14303 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14304 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14306 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14307 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14308 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14312 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14313 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14316 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14318 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14319 enum language save_language
;
14320 int save_input_radix
;
14322 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14323 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14326 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
14328 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
14329 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
14330 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
14331 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
14333 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14335 /* Format possible error msg. */
14336 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14338 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14339 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14340 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14342 set_language (save_language
);
14343 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14345 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14348 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14349 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14350 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14351 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14353 /* Now we can insert. */
14354 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14357 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14359 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14360 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14362 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14364 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14366 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14367 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14369 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14370 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14371 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14373 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14377 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14378 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14379 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14382 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14384 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14390 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14392 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14394 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14395 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14400 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14404 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14405 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14407 else if (count
== 1)
14408 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14411 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14412 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14415 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14419 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14422 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14425 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14431 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14433 num
= get_number (&p
);
14435 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14437 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14439 set_ignore_count (num
,
14440 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14443 printf_filtered ("\n");
14446 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14447 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14450 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14451 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14456 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14458 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14459 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14461 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14463 while (!parser
.finished ())
14465 const char *p
= parser
.cur_tok ();
14466 bool match
= false;
14468 num
= parser
.get_number ();
14471 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14475 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14476 if (b
->number
== num
)
14479 function (b
, data
);
14483 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14488 static struct bp_location
*
14489 find_location_by_number (const char *number
)
14494 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14495 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14498 bp_num
= get_number_trailer (&p1
, '.');
14499 if (bp_num
== 0 || p1
[0] != '.')
14500 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14502 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14503 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14508 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14509 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14511 /* Skip the dot. */
14513 const char *save
= p1
;
14514 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14516 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14520 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14523 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), save
);
14529 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14530 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14531 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14534 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14536 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14537 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14538 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14539 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14542 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14544 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14545 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14547 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14548 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14550 struct bp_location
*location
;
14552 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14553 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14556 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14558 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14561 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14564 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14566 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14569 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14570 disable_breakpoint. */
14573 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14575 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14579 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14583 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14585 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14586 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14587 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14591 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14593 while (!num
.empty ())
14595 if (num
.find ('.') != std::string::npos
)
14597 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
.c_str ());
14604 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14606 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14607 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14608 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14609 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14611 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14614 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
.c_str (), do_map_disable_breakpoint
,
14616 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14622 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14625 int target_resources_ok
;
14627 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14630 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14631 target_resources_ok
=
14632 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14634 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14635 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14636 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14637 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14640 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14642 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14643 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14647 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14649 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14650 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14651 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14653 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14655 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14656 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14663 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14665 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14666 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14668 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14669 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14671 struct bp_location
*location
;
14673 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14674 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14677 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14678 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14679 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14681 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14686 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14688 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14692 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14694 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14697 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14698 enable_breakpoint. */
14701 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14703 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14706 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14707 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14708 in stopping the inferior. */
14711 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14715 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14717 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14718 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14719 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14723 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14725 while (!num
.empty ())
14727 if (num
.find ('.') != std::string::npos
)
14729 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
.c_str ());
14736 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14738 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14739 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14740 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14741 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14743 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14746 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
.c_str (), do_map_enable_breakpoint
,
14748 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14753 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14763 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14765 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14767 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14771 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14773 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14775 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14779 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14781 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14785 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14787 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14789 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14793 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14798 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14800 count
= get_number (&args
);
14802 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14806 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14808 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14810 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14814 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14816 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14820 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14825 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14829 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14830 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14834 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14835 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14836 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14838 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14840 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14841 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14842 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14844 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14846 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14848 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14850 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14851 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14852 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14853 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14855 value_free (wp
->val
);
14863 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14866 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14867 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14870 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14871 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14872 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14874 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14876 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14877 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14880 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14882 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14883 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14884 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14886 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14889 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14892 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14894 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14895 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14897 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14899 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14901 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14902 struct address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14904 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14905 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14913 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14916 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14917 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14920 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14922 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14924 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14930 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14934 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14937 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14939 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14941 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14942 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14948 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14950 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14952 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14954 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14955 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14959 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14961 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14963 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14965 if (location
!= NULL
14966 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
14967 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14969 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14971 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14973 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14975 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14976 0 /* Ignore count */,
14977 pending_break_support
,
14981 0 /* internal */, 0);
14985 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14987 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14989 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14991 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14993 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14994 0 /* Ignore count */,
14995 pending_break_support
,
14996 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14999 0 /* internal */, 0);
15002 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15005 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15007 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15008 event_location_up location
;
15009 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15011 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15012 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15013 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15015 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15016 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15020 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15021 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15024 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15026 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15028 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15029 0 /* Ignore count */,
15030 pending_break_support
,
15034 0 /* internal */, 0);
15037 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15038 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15040 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15041 static int next_cmd
;
15044 read_uploaded_action (void)
15048 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15055 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15056 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15057 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15058 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15059 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15061 struct tracepoint
*
15062 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15064 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15065 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15067 if (utp
->at_string
)
15068 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15071 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15072 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15073 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15075 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15076 "source location, using raw address"),
15078 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15079 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15082 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15083 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15084 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15085 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15088 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
15090 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15092 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15093 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15095 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15096 0 /* Ignore count */,
15097 pending_break_support
,
15098 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15100 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15102 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15105 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15106 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15107 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15111 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15114 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15117 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15118 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15119 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15121 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15123 command_line_up cmd_list
;
15128 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15130 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
15132 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15133 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15134 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15135 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15138 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15139 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15140 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15145 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15149 info_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15151 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15154 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15156 if (num_printed
== 0)
15158 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15159 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
15161 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15164 default_collect_info ();
15167 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15168 Not supported by all targets. */
15170 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15172 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15175 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15176 Not supported by all targets. */
15178 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15180 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15183 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15185 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15187 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15193 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15195 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15196 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15197 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15199 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15200 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15202 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15206 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15208 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15210 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15211 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15212 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15216 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15219 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15222 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15224 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15225 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (tp
);
15227 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15228 tp
->number
, count
);
15231 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15233 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15234 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15235 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15238 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15240 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15241 unsigned int count
;
15243 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15244 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15245 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15247 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15249 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15250 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15252 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15254 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15256 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15258 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15260 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15261 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15264 else if (*args
== '\0')
15266 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15268 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15272 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
15273 while (!parser
.finished ())
15275 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
15277 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15282 struct tracepoint
*
15283 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15285 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15287 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15288 if (t
->number
== num
)
15289 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15294 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15295 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15298 struct tracepoint
*
15299 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15301 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15303 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15305 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15307 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15314 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15315 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15316 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15317 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15319 struct tracepoint
*
15320 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15321 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
15323 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15325 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15327 if (parser
!= NULL
)
15329 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
15330 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
15332 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15333 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15335 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15339 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15340 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15343 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15347 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15348 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15350 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15353 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15358 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15360 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15361 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15364 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15366 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15369 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15370 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15371 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15375 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15376 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15378 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15380 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15382 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15383 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15385 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15386 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15388 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15389 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15392 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15393 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15398 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15400 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15402 /* We can stop searching. */
15409 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15413 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
15417 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
15418 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15419 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
15421 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15422 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15424 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15426 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15427 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15430 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15431 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15434 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15436 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15437 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15440 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15441 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15443 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15444 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15446 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15448 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15450 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15453 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15455 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15457 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15458 throw_exception (ex
);
15462 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15463 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15466 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15467 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15469 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15470 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15471 special, and not user visible. */
15472 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15474 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15477 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15479 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15483 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15484 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15487 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15490 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15493 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15495 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15498 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15501 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15503 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15506 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15508 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15509 all_tracepoints (void)
15511 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15512 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15514 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15516 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15523 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15524 locations used by several commands. */
15526 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15527 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15528 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15529 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15530 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15531 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15533 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15534 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15535 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15537 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15538 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15539 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15540 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15541 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15543 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15544 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15545 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15548 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15549 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15550 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15551 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15552 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15553 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15554 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15557 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15558 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15560 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15561 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15562 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15563 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15564 conditions are different.\n\
15566 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15568 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15569 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15571 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15572 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15575 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15576 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15577 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15578 void *user_data_catch
,
15579 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15581 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15583 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15585 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15586 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15587 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15589 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15591 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15592 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15593 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15597 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15599 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15600 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15601 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15604 struct breakpoint
*
15605 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15608 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15610 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15612 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15619 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15620 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15623 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15625 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15626 non-inline function. */
15627 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15633 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15634 have been inlined. */
15637 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15638 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15640 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15641 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15643 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15645 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15648 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15650 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15651 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15659 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15662 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15664 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15666 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15667 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15668 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15672 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15674 static int initialized
= 0;
15676 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15682 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15683 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15684 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15685 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15686 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15687 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15688 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15689 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15690 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15691 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15692 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15693 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15695 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15696 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15697 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15698 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15699 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15700 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15701 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15702 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15704 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15705 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15706 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15707 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15708 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15709 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15710 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15711 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15712 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15713 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15715 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15716 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15717 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15718 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15719 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15720 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15721 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15723 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15724 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15725 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15726 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15727 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15728 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15729 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15731 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15732 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15733 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15734 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15735 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15736 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15737 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15740 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15741 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15742 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15743 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15744 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15745 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15746 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15747 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15748 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15749 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15750 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15751 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15752 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15754 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15755 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15756 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15757 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15758 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15759 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15760 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15761 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15762 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15763 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15764 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15767 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15768 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15769 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15770 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15771 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15772 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15773 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15774 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15775 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15776 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15778 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15779 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15780 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15781 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15782 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15784 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15785 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15786 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15787 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15788 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15789 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15791 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15792 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15793 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15794 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15795 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15796 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15797 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15798 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15799 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15800 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15802 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15803 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15804 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15805 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15806 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15807 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15808 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15809 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15810 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15811 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15813 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15814 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15815 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15816 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15817 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15818 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15819 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15820 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15821 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15822 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15824 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15825 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15826 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15827 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15828 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15829 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15830 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15831 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15832 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15833 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15834 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15836 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15837 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15838 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15839 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15840 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15841 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15842 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15843 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15844 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15847 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15849 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15852 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15854 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15856 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15858 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15859 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15860 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15862 breakpoint_objfile_key
15863 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15865 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15866 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15867 before a breakpoint is set. */
15868 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15870 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15872 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15873 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15874 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15876 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15877 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15878 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15879 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15881 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15882 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15883 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15884 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15885 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15887 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15888 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15889 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15890 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15891 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15893 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15894 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15895 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15896 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15897 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15899 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15900 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15902 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15903 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15904 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15905 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15907 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15908 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15910 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15911 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15912 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15913 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15915 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15916 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15918 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15919 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15920 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15921 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15922 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15923 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15924 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15926 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15928 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15929 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15930 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15931 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15932 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15933 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15935 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15936 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15937 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15940 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15941 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15942 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15945 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15946 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15947 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15948 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15951 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15952 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15953 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15956 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15957 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15958 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15961 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15962 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15963 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15964 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15967 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15968 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15969 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15970 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15971 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15972 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15973 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15974 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15976 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15977 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15978 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15979 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15980 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15981 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15984 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15985 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15986 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15987 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15989 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15990 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15991 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15992 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15993 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15995 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15996 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15997 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15998 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15999 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16002 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16003 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16004 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16006 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16007 is executing in.\n"
16008 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16009 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16010 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16012 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16013 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16014 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16015 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16017 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16018 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16019 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16020 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16024 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16025 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16026 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16027 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16028 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16029 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16030 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16031 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16032 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16033 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16034 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16035 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16036 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16037 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16038 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16039 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16041 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16042 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16043 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16044 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16045 breakpoint set."));
16048 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16049 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16050 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16051 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16052 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16053 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16054 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16055 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16056 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16058 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16059 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16060 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16061 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16062 breakpoint set."));
16064 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16066 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16067 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16068 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16069 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16070 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16071 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16072 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16073 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16074 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16075 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16076 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16077 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16078 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16080 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16081 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16082 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16083 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16085 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16087 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16088 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16089 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16090 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16092 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16093 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16094 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16095 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16097 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16098 catch_fork_command_1
,
16100 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16101 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16102 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16103 catch_fork_command_1
,
16105 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16106 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16107 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16108 catch_exec_command_1
,
16112 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16113 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16114 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16115 catch_load_command_1
,
16119 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16120 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16121 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16122 catch_unload_command_1
,
16127 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16128 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16129 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16130 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16131 an expression changes.\n\
16132 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16133 the memory to which it refers."));
16134 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16136 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16137 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16138 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16139 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16140 an expression is read.\n\
16141 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16142 the memory to which it refers."));
16143 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16145 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16146 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16147 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16148 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16149 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16150 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16151 the memory to which it refers."));
16152 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16154 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
16155 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16157 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16158 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16159 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16160 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16161 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16162 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16163 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16164 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16165 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16168 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16169 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16171 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16173 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16175 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16176 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16178 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16179 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16180 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16182 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16183 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16184 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16185 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16187 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16188 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16190 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16191 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16192 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16194 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16195 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16197 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16198 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16199 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16200 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16201 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16202 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16203 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16204 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16205 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16207 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16208 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16209 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16210 conditions are different.\n\
16212 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16213 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16214 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16216 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16217 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16218 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16219 last tracepoint set."));
16221 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16223 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16224 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16225 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16226 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16228 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16230 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16231 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16232 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16233 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16235 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16237 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16238 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16239 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16240 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16242 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16244 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16245 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16246 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16247 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16248 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16250 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16251 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16252 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16253 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16255 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16256 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16257 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16258 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16259 session to restore them."),
16261 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16263 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16264 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16265 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16267 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16269 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16270 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16272 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16273 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16274 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16275 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16276 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16277 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16278 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16279 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16280 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16281 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16282 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16283 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16285 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16286 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16287 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16288 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16289 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16290 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16291 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16292 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16294 show_pending_break_support
,
16295 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16296 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16298 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16300 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16301 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16302 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16303 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16304 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16305 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16306 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16308 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16309 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16310 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16312 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16313 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16314 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16315 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16316 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16317 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16318 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16319 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16320 when execution stops."),
16322 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16323 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16324 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16326 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16327 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16328 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16329 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16330 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16331 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16332 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16333 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16334 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16335 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16336 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16337 be set to \"gdb\""),
16338 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16339 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16340 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16341 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16343 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16344 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16345 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16346 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16347 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16348 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16349 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16350 or the start of the range\n\
16351 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16352 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16353 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16355 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16356 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16357 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16359 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16360 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16361 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16362 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16363 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16364 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16366 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16367 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16368 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16369 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16370 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16371 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16372 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16373 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16374 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16375 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16376 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16377 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16379 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16380 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16381 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16382 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16383 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16384 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16385 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16387 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16388 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16389 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16390 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16391 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16392 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16393 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16395 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16396 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16397 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16398 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16399 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16400 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16403 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16405 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16406 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16407 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16409 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16411 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16412 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);